1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21799 41767 31221 635000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5
"5x5" "\
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly
"5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current
"5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best
"5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate
"5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
56 (autoload '5x5-crack
"5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21814 9129
69 ;;;;;; 380496 997000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions
"ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode
"ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21670 32331
89 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header
"ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21670 32331
100 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file
"ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21670 32331 885635
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function
"add-log" t
)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name
"add-log" t
)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address
"add-log" t
)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name
"add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
145 (autoload 'find-change-log
"add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry
"add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil
)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
"add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode
"add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun
"add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge
"add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21670 32330
242 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
'warn
"\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action
"advice" t
)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
'maybe
"\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action
"advice" t
)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice
"advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice
"advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice
"advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate
"advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil
)
323 (autoload 'defadvice
"advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t
)
371 (function-put 'defadvice
'doc-string-elt
'3)
373 (function-put 'defadvice
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align
"align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp
"align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
439 (autoload 'align-entire
"align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
448 (autoload 'align-current
"align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule
"align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule
"align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent
"align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions
)
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper
"allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil
)
491 (autoload 'allout-setup
"allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil
"\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation
"allout" nil
)
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (x) (memq x
'(nil t text force
))))
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (x) (or (memq x
'(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start
)) (stringp x
))))
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding
'safe-local-variable
'integerp
)
549 (put 'allout-layout
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (x) (or (numberp x
) (listp x
) (memq x
'(: * + -
)))))
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p
"allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
560 (autoload 'allout-mode
"allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586 and many other features.
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
772 Topic text constituents:
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky
'outlineify-sticky
)
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky
"allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21670
841 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions
)
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup
"allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil
)
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil
"\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation
"allout-widgets" nil
)
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode
"allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
881 The graphics include:
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21696 56380 925320
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir
'ange-ftp-reread-dir
)
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir
"ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function
"ange-ftp" "\
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21670 32331 385639
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
925 (autoload 'animate-string
"animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence
"animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present
"animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21670 32330 885624
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions
)
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
"ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output
"ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil
)
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21670
982 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions
)
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules
"antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode
"antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs
"antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21670 32330 885624
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1022 (autoload 'appt-add
"appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil
)
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate
"appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21670 32330 885624
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern
"apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil
)
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option
"apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable
"apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil
)
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos
'apropos-command
)
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command
"apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property
"apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
1098 (autoload 'apropos
"apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library
"apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value
"apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation
"apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21670 32330 885624
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode
"arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1180 (autoload 'array-mode
"array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21750 59840
1249 ;;;;;; 704617 663000))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions
)
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode
"artist" "\
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1264 How to submit a bug report
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21670 32331
1456 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode
"asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21670
1484 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry
7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry
"auth-source" t
)
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21670 32330 885624
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21670 32331
1558 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode
"autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21670 32330 885624
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" nil
)
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21802
1608 ;;;;;; 17960 382855 287000))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1615 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable
'risky-local-variable t
)
1617 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1618 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1619 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1621 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1622 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1623 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1624 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1625 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1627 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1629 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil
)
1631 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1632 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1633 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1634 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1635 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1637 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1638 directory or directories specified.
1640 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1641 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1642 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1643 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1644 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1645 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1647 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1649 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1650 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1651 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1652 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21752 15166 568176
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1663 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1664 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1666 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1667 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1669 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1670 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1673 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1674 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1675 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1679 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1680 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1682 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1683 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1687 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1688 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1689 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1690 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1691 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1693 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1694 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1695 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1696 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1697 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1699 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1700 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1701 writing before you save the file!
1703 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1707 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1708 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1710 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1711 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1715 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1716 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1717 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1720 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1722 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" nil
)
1724 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1725 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1727 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1728 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1730 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1731 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1732 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1734 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1735 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1736 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1737 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1738 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1740 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1741 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1742 specifies in the mode line.
1744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1751 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1755 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1757 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" nil
)
1759 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" "\
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773 a random distance & direction.
1774 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1778 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1779 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1780 definition of \"random distance\".)
1782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21670 32331
1787 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1790 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist
'("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode
))
1792 (autoload 'bat-mode
"bat-mode" "\
1793 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1795 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1796 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1797 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21754 56896 744606
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1808 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1810 (autoload 'battery
"battery" "\
1811 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1812 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1813 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1817 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1818 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1819 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1821 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1822 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1824 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" nil
)
1826 (autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" "\
1827 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1828 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1829 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1830 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1832 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1833 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1834 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21670
1842 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
1843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1845 (autoload 'benchmark-run
"benchmark" "\
1846 Time execution of FORMS.
1847 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1848 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1850 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1851 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1852 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1854 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t
)
1856 (function-put 'benchmark-run
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
1858 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled
"benchmark" "\
1859 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1860 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1861 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1862 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1864 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t
)
1866 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
1868 (autoload 'benchmark
"benchmark" "\
1869 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1870 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1871 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1872 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1874 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21822 37176
1879 ;;;;;; 700494 564000))
1880 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1882 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize
"bibtex" "\
1883 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1884 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1885 of corresponding buffers.
1886 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1887 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1888 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1889 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1890 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1892 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1893 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1894 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1896 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil
)
1898 (autoload 'bibtex-mode
"bibtex" "\
1899 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1901 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1903 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1904 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1905 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1906 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1908 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1909 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1910 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1911 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1912 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1914 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1915 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1918 Special information:
1920 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1922 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1923 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1924 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1925 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1926 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1927 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1928 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1930 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1931 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1932 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1934 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1935 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1936 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1937 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1938 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1939 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1940 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1941 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1943 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1945 ----------------------------------------------------------
1946 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1947 if that value is non-nil.
1953 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry
"bibtex" "\
1954 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1955 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1956 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1957 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1958 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1959 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1960 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1961 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1962 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1963 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1964 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1966 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil
)
1970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1971 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 885635 586000))
1972 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1974 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode
"bibtex-style" "\
1975 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21670 32331 385639
1983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1985 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$" "\
1986 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1988 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal
"binhex" "\
1989 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1990 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1992 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1994 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external
"binhex" "\
1995 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1997 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1999 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region
"binhex" "\
2000 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2002 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
2006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21670 32331
2007 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
2008 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2010 (autoload 'blackbox
"blackbox" "\
2012 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2016 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2017 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2018 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2019 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2020 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2025 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2026 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2029 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2032 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2033 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2035 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2036 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2038 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2039 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2040 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2041 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2042 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2043 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2047 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2049 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2050 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2051 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2052 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2054 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2055 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2056 denoted by the letter `R'.
2058 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2059 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2060 denoted by the letter `H'.
2062 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2065 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2066 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2067 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2068 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2069 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2070 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2073 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2074 degree deflection it causes.
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2080 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2087 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2088 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2100 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2101 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2102 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2103 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2104 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2105 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2106 emerging from the box.
2108 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2115 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2119 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21798 49947 232670
2128 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"b" 'bookmark-jump
)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
)
2131 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2133 (defvar bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map
"x" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window
) (define-key map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
) (define-key map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
) (define-key map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) (define-key map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
) (define-key map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
) (define-key map
"l" 'bookmark-load
) (define-key map
"w" 'bookmark-write
) (define-key map
"s" 'bookmark-save
) map
) "\
2134 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2135 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2136 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2137 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2138 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2139 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map
)
2141 (autoload 'bookmark-set
"bookmark" "\
2142 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2143 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2145 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2146 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2147 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2148 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2149 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2152 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2153 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2154 yank successive words.
2156 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2157 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2158 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2159 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2160 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2162 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2163 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2164 the list of bookmarks.)
2166 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil
)
2168 (autoload 'bookmark-jump
"bookmark" "\
2169 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2170 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2171 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2172 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2175 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2176 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2177 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2178 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2180 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2181 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2183 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2184 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2185 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2187 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil
)
2189 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window
"bookmark" "\
2190 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2192 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2194 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate
"bookmark" "\
2195 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2197 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2198 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2199 after a bookmark was set in it.
2201 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil
)
2203 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location
"bookmark" "\
2204 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2206 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2207 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2209 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
2211 (defalias 'bookmark-locate
'bookmark-insert-location
)
2213 (autoload 'bookmark-rename
"bookmark" "\
2214 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2215 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2216 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2218 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2219 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2220 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2222 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2223 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2226 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil
)
2228 (autoload 'bookmark-insert
"bookmark" "\
2229 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2230 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2232 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2233 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2234 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2237 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil
)
2239 (autoload 'bookmark-delete
"bookmark" "\
2240 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2242 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2243 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2244 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2245 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2246 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2247 probably because we were called from there.
2249 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
2251 (autoload 'bookmark-write
"bookmark" "\
2252 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2256 (function-put 'bookmark-write
'interactive-only
'bookmark-save
)
2258 (autoload 'bookmark-save
"bookmark" "\
2259 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2260 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2261 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2264 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2265 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2266 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2267 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2268 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2270 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2271 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2272 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2273 `bookmark-default-file'.
2275 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
2277 (autoload 'bookmark-load
"bookmark" "\
2278 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2279 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2280 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2281 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2284 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2285 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2286 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2287 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2288 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2291 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2292 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2293 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2295 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
2297 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list
"bookmark" "\
2298 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2299 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2300 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2301 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2305 (defalias 'list-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2307 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2309 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search
"bookmark" "\
2310 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2314 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map
[load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2316 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21811 32939
2321 ;;;;;; 190503 320000))
2322 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2324 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2325 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2326 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2327 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2329 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2330 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2331 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2332 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2333 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2335 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2337 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2338 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2339 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2340 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2341 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2342 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2344 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2346 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2348 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2349 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2352 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2355 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2359 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2360 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2362 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2364 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2365 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2366 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2367 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2368 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2369 first, if that exists.
2371 Passes any ARGS to the browser function.
2372 The default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2374 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2376 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2377 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2378 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2379 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2380 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2384 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2385 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2386 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2387 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2388 says which browser to use.
2392 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2393 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2394 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2395 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2397 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2399 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2400 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2401 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2402 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2404 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2405 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2406 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2407 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2409 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2410 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2411 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2413 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2414 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2416 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2418 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2420 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2421 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2422 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2423 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2425 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2426 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2427 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2428 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2430 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2431 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2432 new tab in an existing window instead.
2434 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2435 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2437 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2439 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2440 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2441 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2442 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2444 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2445 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2446 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2448 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2449 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2450 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2452 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2453 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2455 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2457 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2458 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2459 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2460 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2463 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2465 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2466 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2467 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2468 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2470 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2471 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2472 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2473 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2475 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2476 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2477 new tab in an existing window instead.
2479 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2480 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2482 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2484 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2486 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2487 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2489 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2491 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2492 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2493 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2494 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2496 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2497 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2498 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2499 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2501 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2502 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2504 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2506 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2508 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2509 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2511 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2512 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2513 program is invoked according to the variable
2514 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2516 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2517 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2518 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2519 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2521 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2522 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2524 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2526 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2528 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2529 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2530 Default to the URL around or before point.
2532 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2533 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2534 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2536 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2537 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2538 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2539 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2541 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2542 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2544 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2546 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2548 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2549 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2550 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2551 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2553 When called interactively, if variable
2554 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2555 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2556 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2557 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2559 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2560 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2561 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2563 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2564 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2566 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2568 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2569 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2570 Default to the URL around or before point.
2572 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2573 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2574 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2576 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2577 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2579 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2581 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2582 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2583 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2584 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2586 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2588 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2590 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2591 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2592 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2593 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2594 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2595 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2597 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2599 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2600 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2601 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2602 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2603 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2605 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2606 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2607 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2608 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2610 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2611 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2613 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2615 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2616 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2617 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2618 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2619 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2622 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2623 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2624 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2625 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2627 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2628 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2630 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2632 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2633 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2634 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2635 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2636 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2637 don't offer a form of remote control.
2639 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2641 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2642 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2643 Default to the URL around or before point.
2645 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2647 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2648 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2649 Default to the URL around the point.
2651 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2652 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2654 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2655 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2657 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
2662 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2663 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2665 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2666 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2667 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2668 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2672 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2673 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2674 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2675 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2679 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2680 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2684 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2685 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2687 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2688 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2689 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2690 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2692 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2693 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2694 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2695 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2696 name of buffer configuration.
2702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21670 32331 385639
2704 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2706 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2708 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2709 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2710 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2711 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2712 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2713 columns on its right towards the left.
2715 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2716 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2717 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2718 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2725 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
2726 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2728 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2730 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2731 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2732 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2733 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2734 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2738 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2739 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21824
2746 ;;;;;; 44973 370497 114000))
2747 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2748 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2749 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2750 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2752 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2754 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2755 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2756 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2757 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2758 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2759 else the global value will be modified.
2761 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2763 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2764 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2765 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2766 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2767 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2768 else the global value will be modified.
2770 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2772 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2773 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2774 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2776 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2778 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2779 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2780 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2781 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2783 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2784 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2785 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2786 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2787 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2790 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2791 that already has a `.elc' file.
2793 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2794 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2796 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2797 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2798 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2799 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2800 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2801 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2803 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2805 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2806 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2807 Print the result in the echo area.
2808 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2812 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2813 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2814 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2816 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2818 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2819 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2820 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2821 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2822 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2823 all functions called by those functions.
2825 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2826 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2829 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2830 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2831 invoked interactively.
2833 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2835 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2836 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2837 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2838 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2842 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2843 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2844 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2845 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2846 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2847 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2848 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2851 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2853 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2854 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2855 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2856 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2858 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2859 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2860 and corresponding effects.
2862 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21670
2867 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
2868 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2870 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2872 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21670 32330
2877 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
2878 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2880 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2882 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2884 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21670
2889 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
2890 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2892 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2893 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2894 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2895 from the cursor position.
2897 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
2902 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2903 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2905 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2906 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2910 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2911 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2913 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2915 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2916 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2918 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2920 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2921 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2922 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2923 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2925 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2927 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2928 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2929 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2930 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2932 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2934 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2935 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2936 This is most useful in the X window system.
2937 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2938 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2940 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2942 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2943 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2944 See calc-keypad for details.
2946 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2948 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2949 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2951 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2953 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2954 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2956 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2958 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2959 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2961 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2963 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2964 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2965 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2967 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2969 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2970 Define Calc function.
2972 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2973 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2974 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2976 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2977 actual Lisp function name.
2979 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2981 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2983 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21670 32330
2988 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
2989 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2991 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21702 8774 274627
3000 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3002 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3003 Run the Emacs calculator.
3004 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21670 32330
3011 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
3012 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3014 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3015 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3016 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3017 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3018 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3019 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3021 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3022 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3023 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3024 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3025 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3026 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3027 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3028 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3031 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3032 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3034 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3035 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3036 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3037 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3038 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3039 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3041 Runs the following hooks:
3043 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3044 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3045 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3046 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3048 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21670 32330 885624
3056 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3058 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3059 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3061 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3063 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3064 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3065 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3068 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21743
3073 ;;;;;; 190 195328 729000))
3074 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3076 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3077 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21670 32331
3084 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
3085 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3087 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3088 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3090 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3091 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3093 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3094 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3096 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3098 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3099 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3102 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3104 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3105 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3107 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3108 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3111 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3113 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3114 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3116 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3118 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3119 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3122 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3124 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3125 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3127 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3128 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3131 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3133 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3134 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3136 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3138 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3139 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3142 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3144 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3145 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3147 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3148 variables are guessed:
3150 * `c-basic-offset', and
3151 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3154 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3155 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3157 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3158 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3160 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3161 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3162 guess is made from scratch.
3164 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3165 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3167 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3169 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3170 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3171 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3172 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3174 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3175 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3176 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3178 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21814 50992
3183 ;;;;;; 820503 761000))
3184 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3186 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3187 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3188 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3189 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3190 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3191 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3192 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3194 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3195 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3196 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3197 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3198 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3199 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3200 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3201 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3202 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3204 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3205 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3206 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3207 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3208 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3209 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3211 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3213 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3214 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3221 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3222 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3223 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3224 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3225 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3226 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3229 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3231 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3232 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3238 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3240 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3241 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3242 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3243 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3244 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3245 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3248 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3250 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3251 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3257 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3259 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3260 Major mode for editing Java code.
3261 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3262 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3263 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3264 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3267 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3269 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3270 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3276 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3278 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3279 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3280 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3281 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3282 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3283 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3286 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3288 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3289 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3295 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3296 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3298 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3299 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3300 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3301 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3302 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3303 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3306 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3308 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3309 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3315 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3316 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3317 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3318 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3319 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3321 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3322 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3323 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3324 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3325 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3326 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3328 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3330 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3331 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21670
3341 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
3342 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3344 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3345 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3346 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3347 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3349 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3351 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3352 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3355 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3356 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3357 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3358 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3361 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3362 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3363 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3364 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3367 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3369 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3370 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3371 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3372 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3374 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3376 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3377 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3378 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3380 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3382 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3383 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3384 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3385 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3386 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3388 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21670 32331
3393 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
3394 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3395 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3396 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3397 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21682 23484 726747
3403 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3405 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3406 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3408 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3410 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3411 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3413 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3415 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3416 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3418 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3419 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3420 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3421 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3424 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3426 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3428 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3429 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3431 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3432 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3436 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3437 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3438 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3439 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3440 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3443 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3444 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3445 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3446 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3448 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3449 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3452 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3454 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3456 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3459 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3460 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3462 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3463 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3464 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3467 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3469 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3470 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3471 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3473 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3475 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3477 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3479 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3480 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3481 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3482 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3483 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3484 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3486 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3488 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3492 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3494 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3496 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3497 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3500 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3501 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3504 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3506 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3507 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3508 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3509 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3510 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3511 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3512 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3513 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3514 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3515 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3516 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3517 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3518 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3519 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3520 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3521 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3524 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3525 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3527 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3528 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3530 | (write EXPRESSION)
3531 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3532 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3535 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3538 ;; Same as: (write string)
3540 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3541 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3542 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3545 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3546 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3547 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3548 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3549 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3550 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3552 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3553 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3555 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3558 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3559 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3560 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3562 ARG := REG | integer
3565 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3568 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3571 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3574 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3575 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3578 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3579 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3580 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3583 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3584 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3585 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3588 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3589 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3591 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3592 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3593 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3596 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3597 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3600 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3601 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3603 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3606 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3610 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3611 ;; Same meaning as C code
3612 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3614 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3619 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3620 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3623 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3624 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3628 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3632 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3633 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3634 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3635 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3637 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3638 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3639 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3640 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3642 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3643 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3644 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3647 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3648 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3649 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3651 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3652 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3653 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3655 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3656 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3658 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3659 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3660 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3663 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3664 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3665 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3666 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3668 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3669 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3672 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3674 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3676 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3677 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3678 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3679 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3680 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3681 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3683 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3685 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3686 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3687 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3689 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3691 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21716 41663
3696 ;;;;;; 456033 27000))
3697 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3699 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3700 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3701 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3702 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3704 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3706 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3708 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3709 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3711 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21670 32330 885624
3717 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3718 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21695 35516
3723 ;;;;;; 595262 313000))
3724 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3725 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3727 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3728 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3729 There are no special keybindings by default.
3731 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3732 to the action header.
3736 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3737 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3738 There are no special keybindings by default.
3740 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3741 to the action header.
3745 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3746 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21679 47292
3753 ;;;;;; 556033 759000))
3754 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3755 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3760 ;;;;;; (21826 50092 650494 96000))
3761 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3763 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3764 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3765 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3769 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3770 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3771 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21779
3778 ;;;;;; 56495 106033 935000))
3779 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3780 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3781 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3782 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3783 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3784 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3785 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3786 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3787 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3788 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3790 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3794 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3795 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3797 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3798 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3799 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3800 the users will view as each check is completed.
3804 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3805 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3806 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3807 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3808 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3809 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3810 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3811 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3813 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3815 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3816 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3817 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3818 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3819 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3820 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3821 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3822 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3824 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3826 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3827 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3828 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3829 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3830 spacing are all verified.
3834 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3835 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3836 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3837 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3838 otherwise stop after the first error.
3840 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3842 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3843 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3844 Only documentation strings are checked.
3845 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3846 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3849 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3851 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3852 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3853 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3854 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3855 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3857 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3859 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3860 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3861 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3862 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3865 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3867 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3868 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3869 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3870 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3872 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3874 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3876 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3877 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3878 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3880 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3882 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3883 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3884 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3885 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3886 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3890 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3891 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3892 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3893 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3894 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3895 space at the end of each line.
3897 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3899 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3900 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3901 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3902 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3906 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3907 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3908 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3909 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3913 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3914 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3915 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3916 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3920 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3921 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3922 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3923 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3927 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3928 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3929 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3930 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3934 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3935 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3936 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3937 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3941 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3942 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3943 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3944 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3948 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3949 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3950 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3951 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3955 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3956 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3957 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3958 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3962 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3963 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3964 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3965 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3966 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3968 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3969 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3970 checking of documentation strings.
3972 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21670
3979 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
3980 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3982 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3983 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3984 Return the length of resulting text.
3986 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3988 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3989 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3993 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3994 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3995 Return the length of resulting text.
3997 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3999 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4000 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4004 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4009 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4012 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21670 32330 885624
4018 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4020 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4021 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4022 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4023 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4024 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4025 editing and the result is evaluated.
4027 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4029 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4030 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4031 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4032 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4033 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4035 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4039 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4040 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4041 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4042 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4043 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4045 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4046 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4047 \\{command-history-map}
4049 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4050 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21765
4057 ;;;;;; 23600 805241 145000))
4058 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4060 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4061 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4062 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4063 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4064 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4065 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4066 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4069 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4070 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4071 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4074 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4075 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4077 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4078 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4079 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4080 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4081 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4082 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4083 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4084 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4085 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4086 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4087 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4088 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4090 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4091 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4092 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4094 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4095 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4096 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4099 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4101 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4103 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4105 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4106 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4108 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4109 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4111 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4112 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4113 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4114 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4115 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4116 value specified by their associated list element.
4118 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4120 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4121 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4122 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4124 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4125 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4126 * indent the first argument by 4.
4127 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4128 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4129 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4131 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4132 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4133 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4136 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21799 41766
4141 ;;;;;; 961230 875000))
4142 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4143 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4145 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4147 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4148 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4149 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4150 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4151 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4152 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4154 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4155 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21670 32331
4160 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
4161 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4163 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4164 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4165 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4166 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4168 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4169 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4170 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4171 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4173 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4174 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4176 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21670 32330 885624
4182 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4184 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4185 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4186 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4187 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4188 of `scheme-program-name').
4189 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4190 it is given as initial input.
4191 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4192 discards input when it starts up.
4193 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4195 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
4202 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4204 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4205 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4206 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4207 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4209 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4210 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4212 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4213 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4214 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4216 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21810 12071 401207 648000))
4221 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4223 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4224 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4225 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4226 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4227 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4228 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4229 functions have already modified the buffer.
4231 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4233 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4234 either globally or locally.")
4236 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4237 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4238 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4239 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4241 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4242 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4243 `start-file-process'
4244 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4245 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4246 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4248 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4249 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4251 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4253 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4255 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4257 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4258 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4259 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4260 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4261 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4262 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4263 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4264 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4265 process as its initial input.
4267 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4269 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4271 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4273 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4274 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4275 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4276 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4277 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4278 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4280 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4282 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4284 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4285 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4286 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4287 directory tracking functions.")
4289 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4290 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4291 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4293 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4295 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4297 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4298 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4299 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4301 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4303 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4305 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4306 Send COMMAND to current process.
4307 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4308 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4310 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4312 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4313 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4314 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4315 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4317 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21670 32331
4322 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
4323 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4325 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4326 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4327 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4328 to get another window.
4330 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4331 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4333 This command pushes the mark in each window
4334 at the prior location of point in that window.
4335 If both windows display the same buffer,
4336 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4337 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4339 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4340 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4341 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4342 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4343 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4344 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4345 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4348 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4349 this command work in interlaced mode:
4350 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4351 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4352 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4354 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21798 49947
4359 ;;;;;; 262665 54000))
4360 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4362 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4363 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4365 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4367 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4368 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4369 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4371 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4373 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4374 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4375 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4377 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4379 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4380 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4381 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4382 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4383 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4385 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4386 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4387 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4388 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4389 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4391 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4392 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4393 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4394 describing how the process finished.")
4396 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4397 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4398 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4399 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4400 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4402 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4403 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4404 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4406 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4408 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4409 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4410 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4411 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4413 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4415 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4416 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4418 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4419 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4421 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4423 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4424 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4425 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4426 (concat \"make -k \"
4427 (if buffer-file-name
4428 (shell-quote-argument
4429 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4431 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4432 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4434 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4435 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4436 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4437 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4439 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4441 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4442 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4443 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4444 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4446 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4447 and move to the source code that caused it.
4449 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4450 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4452 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4453 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4454 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4455 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4456 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4458 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4459 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4460 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4461 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4463 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4464 kills its subprocesses.
4466 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4467 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4468 to a function that generates a unique name.
4470 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4472 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4473 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4474 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4475 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4477 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4478 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4480 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4481 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4482 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4483 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4485 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4486 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4487 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4489 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4491 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4493 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4494 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4495 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4496 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4497 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4499 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4501 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4503 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4505 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4507 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4508 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4509 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4510 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4511 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4513 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4514 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4515 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4516 See `compilation-mode'.
4518 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4520 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4521 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4522 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4523 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4524 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4526 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4527 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4532 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4533 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4534 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4536 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21804 59688 154807
4542 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4544 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4545 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4546 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4547 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4548 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4549 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4551 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4553 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4554 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4555 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4556 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4557 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4559 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21670
4564 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
4565 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4567 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4568 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4569 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4570 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4571 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4572 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4573 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4575 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4576 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4577 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4579 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4580 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4581 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4583 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4584 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4585 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4586 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4588 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4589 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4590 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4591 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4592 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4593 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4594 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4600 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4601 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4602 Comments start with `#'.
4603 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4605 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4615 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4616 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4617 Comments start with `;'.
4618 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4620 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4622 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4623 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4624 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4626 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4627 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4631 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4632 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4633 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4634 between `/*' and `*/'.
4635 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4637 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4638 // another kind of comment
4650 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4651 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4652 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4653 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4654 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4655 `conf-space-keywords'.
4656 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4657 in an interactive fashion instead.
4659 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4661 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4663 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4667 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4669 # Standard multimedia devices
4670 add /dev/audio desktop
4671 add /dev/mixer desktop
4675 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4676 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4677 See `conf-space-mode'.
4679 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4681 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4682 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4683 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4684 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4686 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4688 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4689 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4693 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4694 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4695 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4696 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4698 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4700 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4701 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4705 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4706 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4707 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4708 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4710 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21670 32331 385639
4721 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4723 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4724 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4725 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4726 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4727 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4728 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4730 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4732 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4733 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4734 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4735 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4737 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4739 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4740 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4741 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4742 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4744 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21670
4749 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
4750 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4751 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4752 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4753 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4755 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4756 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4757 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4758 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4759 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4760 following the copyright are updated as well.
4761 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4764 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4766 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4767 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4768 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4769 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4770 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4774 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4775 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4777 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4779 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4780 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4781 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4783 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21771
4788 ;;;;;; 62389 36768 739000))
4789 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4790 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4791 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4792 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4793 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4794 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4795 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4796 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4798 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4799 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4800 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4801 Tab indents for Perl code.
4802 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4803 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4805 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4806 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4807 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4808 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4809 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4810 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4811 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4812 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4813 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4814 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4815 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4816 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4818 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4820 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4821 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4823 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4825 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4826 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4827 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4828 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4829 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4830 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4831 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4832 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4833 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4835 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4839 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4840 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4841 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4844 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4845 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4846 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4848 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4850 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4851 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4852 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4853 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4854 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4856 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4866 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4867 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4868 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4869 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4870 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4871 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4872 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4873 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4874 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4875 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4876 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4877 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4878 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4880 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4881 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4882 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4883 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4884 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4885 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4887 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4888 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4891 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4892 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4893 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4894 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4895 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4897 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4898 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4899 span the needed amount of lines.
4901 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4902 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4903 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4904 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4906 Variables controlling indentation style:
4907 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4908 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4909 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4910 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4911 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4912 `cperl-auto-newline'
4913 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4914 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4915 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4916 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4917 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4918 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4919 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4920 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4921 `cperl-indent-level'
4922 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4923 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4924 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4925 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4926 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4927 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4928 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4929 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4930 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4931 `cperl-brace-offset'
4932 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4933 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4934 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4935 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4936 `cperl-label-offset'
4937 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4938 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4939 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4941 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4942 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4943 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4944 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4945 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4946 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4948 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4949 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4950 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4951 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4953 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4954 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4955 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4956 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4957 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4958 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4959 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4961 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4962 column 0 is indented on
4963 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4965 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4968 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4969 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4970 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4974 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4975 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4979 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4980 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21670 32331 385639
4988 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4990 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4991 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4992 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4993 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4994 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4998 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4999 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21670 32330 885624
5007 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5009 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5010 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5011 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5012 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5013 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5014 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5015 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5016 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5018 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5019 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5021 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5022 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5023 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5025 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5026 with empty strings removed.
5028 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21811 32939
5033 ;;;;;; 200500 777000))
5034 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5036 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5037 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5040 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5042 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5043 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21826 50080
5050 ;;;;;; 561727 536000))
5051 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5053 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5054 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5055 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5056 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5057 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5058 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5060 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5062 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5063 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5064 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5065 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5066 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5068 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5069 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5070 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5071 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5072 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5073 normal function of these prefix keys.
5075 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5076 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5078 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5079 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5080 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5082 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5083 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5084 the prefix fallback behavior.
5086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5088 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5089 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21670 32330
5096 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
5097 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5099 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5100 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5101 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5103 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5108 ;;;;;; (21804 59688 154807 989000))
5109 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5111 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5112 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5116 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5117 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5118 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5119 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5120 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5121 the cursor and DIR can be `left' or `entered' depending on whether the cursor is
5122 entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21815 59890 571208
5130 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5132 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5133 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5135 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5137 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5138 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5140 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5142 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5143 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5145 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5147 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5148 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5150 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5151 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5153 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5154 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5156 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5158 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5160 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5161 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5162 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5164 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5165 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5167 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5168 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5170 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5171 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5173 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5175 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5177 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5178 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5181 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5182 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5184 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5185 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5187 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5188 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5190 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5192 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5194 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5195 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5196 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5197 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5199 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5200 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5201 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5203 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5205 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5206 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5207 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5208 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5209 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5213 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5214 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5215 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5216 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5220 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5221 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5222 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5224 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5226 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5227 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5229 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5231 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5233 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5234 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5236 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5238 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5240 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5241 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5242 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5244 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5246 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5247 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5248 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5249 as part of Emacs itself.
5251 Each elements looks like this:
5253 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5255 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5256 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5257 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5258 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5259 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5260 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5261 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5264 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5266 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5267 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5268 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5269 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5270 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5272 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5273 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5274 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5275 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5277 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5279 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5280 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5281 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5282 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5283 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5286 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5287 that were added or redefined since that version.
5289 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5291 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5292 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5293 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5294 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5296 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5298 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5299 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5301 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5303 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5304 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5305 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5307 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5308 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5310 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5312 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5313 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5317 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5318 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5322 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5323 Customize all saved options and faces.
5327 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5328 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5329 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5330 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5331 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5332 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5334 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5335 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5336 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5338 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5340 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5341 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5343 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5345 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5346 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5348 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5350 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5351 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5353 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5355 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5356 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5357 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5358 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5362 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5363 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5364 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5365 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5366 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5368 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5370 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5372 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5373 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5374 The result includes selecting that window.
5375 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5376 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5377 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5380 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5382 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5383 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5385 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5387 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5388 File used for storing customization information.
5389 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5390 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5391 it should be an absolute file name.
5393 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5394 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5395 something like the following in your init file:
5397 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5400 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5401 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5403 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5404 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5405 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5406 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5407 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5409 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5410 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5411 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5412 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5413 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5414 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5415 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5416 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5417 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5418 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5420 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5422 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5423 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5427 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5428 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5432 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5433 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5434 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5436 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5438 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5439 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5440 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5441 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5442 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5444 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21670 32330 885624
5450 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5452 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5453 Create or edit a custom theme.
5454 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5455 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5456 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5457 from the Custom save file.
5458 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5459 named *Custom Theme*.
5461 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5463 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5464 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5468 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5469 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5473 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5474 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5475 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5476 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5478 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21670 32331
5483 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
5484 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5486 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5487 Mode used for cvs status output.
5493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21670 32331 385639
5495 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5496 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5498 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5499 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5501 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5503 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5504 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5505 C++ modes are included.
5507 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5508 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5509 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5513 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5515 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5516 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5517 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5518 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5519 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5520 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5522 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5524 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5525 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5526 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5527 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5528 ARG is omitted or nil.
5530 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5531 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5532 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21670
5539 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
5540 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5542 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5543 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5545 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5547 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5548 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5550 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5552 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5553 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5554 For readability, the table is slightly
5555 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5557 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5558 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5559 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5560 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5561 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5563 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21670 32330 885624
5569 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5570 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5571 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5572 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5573 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5575 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5576 Completion on current word.
5577 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5578 and presents suggestions for completion.
5580 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5581 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5584 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5585 then it searches *all* buffers.
5587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5589 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5590 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5592 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5593 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5594 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5595 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5596 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5598 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5599 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5601 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5602 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5603 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5605 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5606 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5608 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21670 32330
5615 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
5616 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5618 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5619 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5621 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21799 41767 11212 472000))
5626 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5628 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5629 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5630 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5631 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5632 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21670 32331
5639 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
5640 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5642 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5643 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5645 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5646 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5647 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5649 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5650 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5651 Data lines are not indented.
5656 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5658 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5659 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5660 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5661 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5663 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5666 Extra indentation within blocks.
5668 dcl-continuation-offset
5669 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5672 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5674 dcl-margin-label-offset
5675 Indentation for a label.
5677 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5678 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5680 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5681 dcl-block-end-regexp
5682 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5683 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5684 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5685 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5686 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5688 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5689 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5690 Two such functions are included in the package:
5691 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5692 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5694 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5695 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5696 One such function is included in the package:
5697 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5699 dcl-tab-always-indent
5700 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5701 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5704 dcl-electric-characters
5705 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5708 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5709 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5710 which words trigger electric indentation.
5713 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5714 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5715 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5717 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5718 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5719 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5720 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5722 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5723 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5724 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5725 dcl-imenu-label-call
5726 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5728 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5729 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5730 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5731 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5734 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5736 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5737 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5738 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5740 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5741 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5745 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5746 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5747 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5748 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5749 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5750 \"lined up with the command line\"
5752 Data lines are not indented at all.
5753 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5758 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5759 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21777 14770
5766 ;;;;;; 397461 322000))
5767 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5769 (setq debugger 'debug)
5771 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5772 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5773 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5776 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5777 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5778 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5780 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5782 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5783 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5785 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5787 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5788 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5789 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5790 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5791 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5792 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5794 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5795 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5797 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5799 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5800 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5801 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5802 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5803 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5805 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21799 41767
5810 ;;;;;; 31221 635000))
5811 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5813 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5814 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5818 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5819 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5820 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5821 Upper-case letters are commands.
5823 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5826 The most useful commands are:
5827 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5828 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5829 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5830 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5831 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5832 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21670 32330 885624
5840 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5841 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5843 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5844 Customization of `columns' group.
5848 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5849 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5851 START and END delimits the text region.
5853 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5855 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5856 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5858 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5860 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21716 41663 456033 27000))
5865 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5867 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5869 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5870 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5871 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5872 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5873 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5874 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5876 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5878 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5879 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5880 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5881 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5882 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5884 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5885 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5886 point regardless of any selection.
5888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21703 29629
5893 ;;;;;; 608890 826000))
5894 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5896 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5897 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5899 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5901 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5902 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5903 or nil if there is no parent.
5904 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5905 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5906 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5907 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5908 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5910 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5911 arguments are currently understood:
5913 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5914 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5916 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5917 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5919 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5920 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5922 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5924 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5926 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5927 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5928 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5930 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5931 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5933 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5934 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5935 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5937 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5938 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5940 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5941 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5943 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5945 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5947 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5949 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'lisp-indent-function '3)
5951 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5952 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5953 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5954 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5955 the first time the mode is used.
5957 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21695 35516 595262
5963 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5965 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5966 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5967 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5968 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5969 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5970 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5973 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5975 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5976 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5977 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5978 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5980 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5981 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5982 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5984 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5985 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5986 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5987 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5988 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5989 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5992 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5994 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
5995 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
5997 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
5998 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
5999 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6000 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6001 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6002 minibuffer window for width limit.
6004 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6005 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21799 41766 961230
6013 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6015 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6016 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6017 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6018 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6019 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6020 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6022 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6024 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6025 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6026 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6027 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6030 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6031 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6032 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6033 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6035 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
6036 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
6038 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6039 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6041 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6043 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6047 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6048 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6049 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6050 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6052 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6054 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6055 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6057 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6058 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6059 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6061 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6062 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6064 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6065 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6066 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6068 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6069 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6070 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6071 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6073 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6075 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6076 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6078 Handlers are called with argument list
6080 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6082 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6084 `desktop-file-version'
6085 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6086 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6087 `desktop-buffer-point'
6088 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6089 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6090 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6092 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6093 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6095 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6098 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6100 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6101 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6103 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6105 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6107 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6108 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6109 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6110 List elements must have the form
6112 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6114 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6117 Handlers are called with argument list
6119 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6121 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6123 `desktop-file-version'
6124 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6125 `desktop-buffer-name'
6126 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6127 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6128 `desktop-buffer-point'
6129 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6130 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6131 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6133 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6134 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6137 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6140 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6142 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6143 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6145 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6147 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6149 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6151 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6153 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6154 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6155 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6156 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6157 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6162 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6163 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6164 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6165 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6166 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6167 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6168 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6170 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6172 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6173 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6174 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6178 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6179 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6180 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6181 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6182 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6183 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6184 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6185 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6187 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6189 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6190 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6191 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6195 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6197 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6198 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6199 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6200 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6203 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6205 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6206 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6210 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6211 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21795 44704
6218 ;;;;;; 920702 722000))
6219 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6221 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6222 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6223 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6224 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6225 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6226 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6228 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6230 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6231 Repair a broken attribution line.
6232 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6234 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6236 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6237 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6238 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6239 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6241 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6243 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6244 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21670
6251 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
6252 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6254 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6255 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6256 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6257 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6258 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6262 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6263 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6264 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6265 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6267 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6268 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6269 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6270 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6272 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6273 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6275 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6276 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6277 calendar-date-style 'european
6278 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6280 \(diary-mail-entries)
6282 # diary-rem.el ends here
6284 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6286 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6287 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21804 59688 284811 0))
6294 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6296 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
6297 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6299 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6301 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6302 The command to use to run diff.")
6304 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6306 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6307 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6308 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6309 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6310 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6311 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6313 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6314 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6315 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6317 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6319 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6320 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6321 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6322 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6323 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6324 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6326 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6328 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6329 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6333 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6334 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6335 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6337 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21798 20907
6342 ;;;;;; 11218 42000))
6343 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6345 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6346 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6347 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6350 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6351 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6352 headers for you on-the-fly.
6354 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6355 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6356 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6362 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6363 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6364 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6365 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6366 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6368 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
6375 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6377 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6378 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6379 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6381 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21757 29489 158925 687000))
6386 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6388 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6389 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6390 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6391 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6392 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6393 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6394 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6395 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6397 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6399 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6400 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6401 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6402 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6403 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6404 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6406 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6407 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6408 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6409 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6410 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6411 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6412 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6413 list of files to make directory entries for.
6414 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6415 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6416 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6418 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6420 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6421 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6423 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6424 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6426 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6427 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6429 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6430 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6432 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6434 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6435 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6437 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6439 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6440 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6441 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6442 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6443 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6444 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6445 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6446 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6447 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6448 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6449 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6450 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6451 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6452 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6453 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6454 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6455 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6456 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6457 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6458 to see why something went wrong.
6459 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6460 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6461 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6462 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6463 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6464 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6465 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6466 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6467 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6468 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6469 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6470 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6471 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6473 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6474 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6475 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6476 again for the directory tree.
6478 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6481 `dired-listing-switches'
6482 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6485 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6486 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6487 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6488 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6490 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6492 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6493 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6500 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6501 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21670 32330 885624
6507 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6509 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6510 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6511 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6512 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6513 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6515 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6516 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6517 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6519 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6520 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6525 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6526 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6527 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6528 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6529 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6530 from `default-directory'.
6532 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21670 32330
6537 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
6538 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6540 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6541 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6542 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6543 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6544 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6545 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6547 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21670 32330 885624
6553 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6555 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6556 Return a new, empty display table.
6560 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6561 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6562 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6563 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6564 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6566 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6568 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6569 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6570 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6571 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6572 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6574 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6576 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6577 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6581 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6582 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6586 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6587 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6589 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6590 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6592 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6593 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6596 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6597 in the default way after this call.
6601 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6602 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6606 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6607 Display character C using printable string S.
6611 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6612 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6613 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6614 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6616 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6618 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6619 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6620 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6623 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6625 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6626 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6628 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6630 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6631 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6633 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6635 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6636 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6638 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6640 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6641 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6643 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6645 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6646 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6648 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6650 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6651 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6653 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6654 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6656 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6657 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6659 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6660 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6661 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6662 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6664 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6665 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6666 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21670 32331
6674 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
6675 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6677 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6678 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6679 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6680 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6681 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6682 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6683 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6686 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
6691 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6693 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6694 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6695 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6696 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6697 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6698 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6700 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6701 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6702 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6703 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6704 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6706 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21670 32331
6711 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
6712 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6714 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6715 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6716 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6717 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6718 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6719 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6720 table and its own syntax table.
6722 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6725 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6727 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6728 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21716 41663 456033
6736 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6738 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6739 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6740 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6741 OpenDocument format).
6743 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6745 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6746 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6748 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6749 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6751 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6752 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6753 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6757 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6758 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6759 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6760 to the next best mode.
6764 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6765 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6766 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6767 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6768 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6770 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6774 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21670 32331 385639
6783 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6785 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6786 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
6793 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6795 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6796 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6797 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6798 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6799 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6801 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6802 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21670 32331 385639
6810 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6811 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6813 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6814 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21732
6821 ;;;;;; 29888 498897 471000))
6822 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6824 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6826 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6827 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6828 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6829 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6830 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6832 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6833 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6834 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6835 and disables it otherwise.
6837 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6838 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6839 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6840 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6842 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6843 documenting what its argument does.
6845 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6846 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6847 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6848 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6849 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6850 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6851 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6852 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6854 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6855 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6856 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6857 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6858 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6859 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6860 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6861 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6862 the minor mode is global):
6864 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6865 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6866 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6867 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6868 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6869 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6870 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6871 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6872 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6873 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6874 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6875 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6876 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6877 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6878 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6879 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6880 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6881 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6882 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6883 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6886 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6887 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6889 For example, you could write
6890 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6891 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6894 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6896 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6898 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
6900 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6902 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6904 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6905 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6906 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6907 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6908 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6909 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6910 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6911 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6912 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6913 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6914 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6915 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6917 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6918 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6919 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6920 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6921 call another major mode in their body.
6923 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6924 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6925 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6927 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6929 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6931 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6932 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6933 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6934 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6935 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6936 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6937 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6939 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6941 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6942 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6943 :inherit Parent keymap.
6945 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6946 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6948 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6950 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6951 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6952 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6953 the constant's documentation.
6955 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6957 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6958 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6959 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6961 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21670
6966 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
6967 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6969 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6970 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6971 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6972 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6974 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6975 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6976 as a top-level menu bar item.
6978 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6979 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6983 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6984 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6985 items to actually display.
6988 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6989 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6990 alias for `:visible'.
6993 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6994 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6995 an alias for `:active'.
6997 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6998 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7000 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7002 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7004 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7005 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7007 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7008 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7010 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7012 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7014 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7015 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7018 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7019 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7020 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7021 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7024 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7025 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7026 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7027 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7030 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7031 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7032 alias for `:active'.
7035 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7036 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7040 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7041 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7044 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7045 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7048 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7049 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7050 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7053 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7054 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7057 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7059 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7060 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7061 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7063 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7064 MENU. This is a submenu.
7066 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7068 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7070 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7073 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7075 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7076 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7077 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7078 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7080 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7082 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7083 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7084 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7085 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7086 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7087 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7089 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7090 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7091 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7093 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7094 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7095 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7097 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7098 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7100 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21670 32331
7105 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
7106 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7107 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7109 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7110 Customization for ebnf group.
7114 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7115 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7117 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7119 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7122 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7124 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7126 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7127 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7129 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7130 killed after process termination.
7132 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7134 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7136 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7137 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7139 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7140 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7143 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7144 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7145 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7146 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7148 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7150 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7151 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7152 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7154 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7156 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7157 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7159 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7161 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7164 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7166 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7168 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7169 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7171 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7172 killed after process termination.
7174 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7176 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7178 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7179 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7180 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7181 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7183 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7187 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7188 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7189 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7191 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7193 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7195 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7196 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7198 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7200 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7203 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7205 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7207 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7208 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7210 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7211 killed after EPS generation.
7213 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7215 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7217 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7218 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7220 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7221 The EPS file name has the following form:
7223 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7225 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7226 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7228 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7229 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7230 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7231 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7232 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7234 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7239 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7240 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7242 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7243 The EPS file name has the following form:
7245 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7247 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7248 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7250 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7251 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7252 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7253 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7254 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7256 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7259 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7261 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7263 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7264 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7266 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7268 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7271 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7273 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7275 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7276 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7278 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7279 killed after syntax checking.
7281 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7283 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7285 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7286 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7290 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7291 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7293 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7295 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7296 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7300 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7301 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7303 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7307 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7308 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7310 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7312 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7314 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7317 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7321 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7322 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7324 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7326 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7328 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7329 Set STYLE as the current style.
7331 Returns the old style symbol.
7333 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7337 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7338 Reset current style.
7340 Returns the old style symbol.
7342 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7344 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7346 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7347 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7349 Returns the old style symbol.
7351 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7353 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7355 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7357 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7358 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7360 Returns the old style symbol.
7362 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7364 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21670 32331
7371 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
7372 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7374 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7375 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7376 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7377 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7378 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7379 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7381 Tree mode key bindings:
7382 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7386 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7387 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7391 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7392 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7396 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7397 View declaration of member at point.
7401 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7402 Find declaration of member at point.
7406 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7407 View definition of member at point.
7411 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7412 Find definition of member at point.
7416 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7417 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7421 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7422 View definition of member at point in other window.
7426 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7427 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7431 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7432 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7436 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7437 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7441 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7442 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7446 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7447 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7448 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7449 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7452 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7454 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7455 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7456 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7457 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7459 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7461 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7462 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7463 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7464 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7466 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7468 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7469 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7470 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7472 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7474 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7475 Search for call sites of a member.
7476 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7477 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7478 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7479 looks like a function call to the member.
7481 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7483 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7484 Move backward in the position stack.
7485 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7489 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7490 Move forward in the position stack.
7491 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7495 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7496 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7500 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7501 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7505 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7506 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7507 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7508 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7510 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7512 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7513 Display statistics for a class tree.
7519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21670 32330 885624
7521 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7523 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7524 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7525 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7526 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7527 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7528 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7529 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7531 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7533 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7534 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7535 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7536 also has this effect.
7537 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7538 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7539 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7540 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7541 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7542 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7543 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7544 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7545 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7546 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21670 32330 885624
7554 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7556 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7557 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7558 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7560 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21670 32330
7565 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
7566 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7568 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21715 20800 626041 761000))
7576 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7577 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7579 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7580 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7581 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7582 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7583 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7584 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7586 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7588 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7589 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7590 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7591 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7592 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7594 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7595 an EDE controlled project.
7597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21803 38822
7602 ;;;;;; 934065 207000))
7603 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7605 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7606 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7607 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7608 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7609 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7611 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7612 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7613 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7614 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7616 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7618 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7619 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7620 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7621 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7623 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7625 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7626 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7627 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7628 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7630 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7632 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7634 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7635 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7636 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7637 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7638 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7640 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7641 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7642 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7643 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7644 instrumented for Edebug.
7646 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7647 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7648 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7649 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7654 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7655 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7659 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7660 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
7667 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7668 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7670 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7671 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7673 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7675 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7676 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7678 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7680 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7682 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7684 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7685 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7686 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7687 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7691 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7692 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7693 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7694 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7698 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7699 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7701 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7703 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7705 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7706 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7708 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7710 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7712 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7713 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7714 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7715 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7717 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7719 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7721 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7722 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7723 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7724 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7726 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7728 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7730 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7731 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7732 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7733 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7735 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7737 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7739 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7740 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7741 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7742 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7744 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7746 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7748 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7749 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7750 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7751 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7752 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7753 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7755 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7757 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7758 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7759 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7760 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7762 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7764 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7766 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7767 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7768 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7769 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7771 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7773 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7775 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7777 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7778 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7779 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7781 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7782 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7784 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7786 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7787 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7788 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7790 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7791 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7793 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7795 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7796 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7797 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7798 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7799 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7801 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7803 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7804 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7805 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7806 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7807 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7808 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7810 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7812 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7814 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7815 Merge two files without ancestor.
7817 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7819 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7820 Merge two files with ancestor.
7822 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7824 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7826 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7827 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7829 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7831 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7832 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7834 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7836 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7837 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7838 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7841 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7843 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7844 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7845 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7848 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7850 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7851 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7852 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7853 and don't ask the user.
7854 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7855 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7857 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7859 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7860 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7861 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7862 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7863 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7864 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7865 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7866 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7868 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7870 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7872 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7874 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7875 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7876 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7877 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7878 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7880 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7882 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7884 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7885 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7886 When called interactively, displays the version.
7890 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7891 Display Ediff's manual.
7892 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7894 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7896 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7901 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7906 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7911 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7916 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7921 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7926 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7931 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21670 32331
7939 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
7940 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7942 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21670 32331
7950 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
7951 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7953 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7954 Display Ediff's registry.
7958 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21670 32331
7963 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
7964 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7966 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7967 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7968 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7973 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7974 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7975 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7976 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21799 41766 961230
7984 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7985 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7987 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7988 Edit a keyboard macro.
7989 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7990 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7991 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7993 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7995 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7997 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7998 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8000 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8002 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8003 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8005 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8007 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8008 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8009 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8010 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8011 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8012 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8014 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8015 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8016 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8017 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8019 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8021 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8022 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8023 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8024 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8025 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8026 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8028 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21670 32330 885624
8034 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8036 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8038 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8039 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8041 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8043 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8044 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8051 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8053 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8054 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8055 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8056 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8057 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8058 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8059 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8061 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8062 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8064 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8065 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8066 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8067 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8069 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8070 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8071 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8073 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8074 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8075 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8077 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8079 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8082 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21803 38822
8087 ;;;;;; 944058 719000))
8088 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8089 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21822
8094 ;;;;;; 42786 590507 895000))
8095 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8096 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8098 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8099 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8100 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8101 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8102 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8103 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8104 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8106 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21811 32939 170488
8112 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8114 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8115 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8117 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8118 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8119 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8121 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8123 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8124 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8125 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8126 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8127 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8128 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8130 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8132 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8133 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8134 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8135 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8136 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8138 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8139 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8140 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
8141 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
8143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8145 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
8146 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
8148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21670 32330 885624
8154 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8156 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8157 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8159 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8160 an elided material again.
8162 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21814 9129 240503
8170 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8172 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8177 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8178 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8179 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8181 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8183 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8184 Lint the current buffer.
8185 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8189 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8190 Lint the function at point.
8191 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8195 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8197 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8198 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8200 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21670 32330 885624
8206 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8208 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8209 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8210 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8212 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8214 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8215 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8216 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8217 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8219 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8221 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8222 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8223 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8225 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8227 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8229 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8230 Display current profiling results.
8231 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8232 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21670 32330 885624
8241 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8243 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8244 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8245 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8246 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8247 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8248 ARG is omitted or nil.
8250 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8251 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8252 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8255 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8257 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8258 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8259 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8261 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21814 9129 290493
8269 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8271 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8272 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8273 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8275 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8277 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21607 54478 800121
8283 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8285 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8286 Run Emerge on two files.
8288 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8290 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8291 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8293 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8295 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8296 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8298 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8300 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8301 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8303 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8305 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8310 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8315 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8318 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8320 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8323 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8325 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8326 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8328 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8330 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8331 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8333 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8335 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8338 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21691 38459
8343 ;;;;;; 74604 918000))
8344 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8346 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8347 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8348 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8349 text/enriched format.
8351 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8352 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8353 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8355 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8357 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8358 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8362 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8364 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8366 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8369 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8371 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8374 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8379 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8381 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8382 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8384 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8386 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8387 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8389 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8391 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8392 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8393 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8394 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8395 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8396 the keys are listed.
8397 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8399 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8401 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8402 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8403 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8405 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8407 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8412 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8413 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8415 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8417 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8418 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8420 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8422 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8423 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8425 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8426 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8427 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8428 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8430 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8431 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8432 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8433 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8434 should consider using the string based counterpart
8435 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8436 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8440 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8441 (decode-coding-string
8442 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8445 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8447 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8448 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8450 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8451 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8453 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8455 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8457 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8458 Verify the current region between START and END.
8460 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8461 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8462 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8463 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8464 should consider using the string based counterpart
8465 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8466 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8470 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8471 (decode-coding-string
8472 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8475 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8477 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8479 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8480 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8481 between START and END.
8483 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8484 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8486 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8488 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8490 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8491 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8493 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8494 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8495 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8496 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8497 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8498 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8502 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8505 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8507 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8509 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8511 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8512 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8514 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8515 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8516 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8517 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8518 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8519 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8523 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8526 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8529 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8531 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8533 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8534 Delete selected KEYS.
8536 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8538 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8539 Import keys from FILE.
8543 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8544 Import keys from the region.
8546 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8548 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8549 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8550 between START and END.
8552 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8554 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8555 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8557 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8559 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8560 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21670 32330 885624
8568 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8570 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8571 Decrypt marked files.
8575 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8576 Verify marked files.
8580 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8585 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8586 Encrypt marked files.
8592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21670 32330 885624
8594 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8596 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8599 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8601 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8606 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21670 32330 885624
8615 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8617 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8618 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8619 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8620 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8621 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8625 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8626 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8627 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8631 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8633 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8634 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8635 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8639 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8641 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8642 Sign the current buffer.
8643 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8645 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8647 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8649 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8650 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8651 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8652 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8653 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8654 and also whether and how to sign.
8656 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8657 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8658 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8660 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8662 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8664 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8665 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8666 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8670 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8672 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8673 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8674 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8675 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8676 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8677 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8679 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8681 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8682 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8683 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8684 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8685 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21802 17960 412629 175000))
8692 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8693 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8695 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8696 Return a context object.
8698 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21670 32330 885624
8704 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8706 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8707 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8711 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8712 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8714 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8716 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8717 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8719 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21779 56495 106033 935000))
8724 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8725 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8727 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8728 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8732 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8733 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8734 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8736 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8738 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8739 (server (erc-compute-server))
8740 (port (erc-compute-port))
8741 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8743 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8745 That is, if called with
8747 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8749 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8750 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8751 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8753 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8755 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8757 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8758 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8759 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8761 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8763 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8764 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8765 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8766 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8768 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21670
8773 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
8774 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8775 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21670 32330
8780 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8781 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8782 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21670 32330
8787 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8788 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8789 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21670 32330
8794 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8795 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8796 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21696 56380 925320
8802 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8803 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8805 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8806 Parser for /dcc command.
8807 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8808 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8809 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8811 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8813 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8814 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8818 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8819 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8821 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8822 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8823 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8826 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8831 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8832 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8833 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21670
8838 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
8839 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8841 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8842 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8844 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8846 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8847 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8848 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8849 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8851 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8853 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8856 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8858 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8859 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8861 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8863 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8864 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8866 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8868 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8869 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8871 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8873 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8874 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8876 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8878 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8879 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8881 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8883 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8884 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8886 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8888 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8889 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8893 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8894 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21670 32330 885624
8902 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8903 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8905 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8906 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8907 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21670 32330
8914 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8915 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8916 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8918 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8919 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8920 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8921 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8922 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8923 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8926 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8928 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8931 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21670 32330
8936 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8937 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8939 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21670 32330 885624
8948 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8949 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21670 32330 885624
8955 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8956 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21670 32330 885624
8962 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8963 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8965 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8966 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8967 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8968 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8969 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8970 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8972 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8974 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8975 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8976 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8977 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8979 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8980 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8983 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8984 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8986 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21670 32330
8991 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8992 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8993 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8995 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8996 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9000 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9001 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9005 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9006 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9010 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9011 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9015 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9016 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9020 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9021 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9025 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9026 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9030 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9031 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21670 32330 885624
9039 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9040 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21670
9045 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9046 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9047 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9049 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21670
9057 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9058 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9060 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9061 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9062 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9063 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9067 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9068 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21670 32330
9075 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9076 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9077 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9079 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9080 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9081 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9082 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9084 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9086 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21670 32330 885624
9095 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9096 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21808
9101 ;;;;;; 56742 451927 765000))
9102 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9103 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21670 32330
9108 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9109 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9110 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21670 32330 885624
9116 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9117 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21670
9122 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9123 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9124 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9126 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9127 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9131 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9132 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9133 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9135 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21670 32330
9140 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9141 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9142 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21670
9147 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9148 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9150 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9151 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9152 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21727
9159 ;;;;;; 11963 635339 992000))
9160 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9161 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21804 59688
9166 ;;;;;; 164807 902000))
9167 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9168 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21670 32330
9173 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9174 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9176 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9177 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9178 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9180 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9182 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9183 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9184 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9185 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9186 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9188 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9189 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9190 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9191 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9194 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21670
9199 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9200 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9201 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9203 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9204 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9205 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9206 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9208 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9210 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9211 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9212 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21670 32330 885624
9220 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9221 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9223 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9224 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21826 54340 400495
9232 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9234 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9235 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9237 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9238 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9240 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9241 useful for assertions in BODY.
9243 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9245 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9246 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9247 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9249 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9251 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9253 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9255 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9257 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9259 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9260 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9262 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9263 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9264 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9265 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9267 Returns the stats object.
9269 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9271 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9272 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9274 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9275 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9276 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9279 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9281 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9282 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9284 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9285 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9286 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9287 and how to display message.
9289 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9291 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9293 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9294 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9296 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21670 32330
9301 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9302 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9304 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9306 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9307 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21812 53800
9314 ;;;;;; 114093 251000))
9315 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9317 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9318 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21670 32330 885624
9326 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9327 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9329 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9330 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9331 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9332 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9333 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9334 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9335 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9336 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9337 buffer selected (or created).
9339 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9341 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9342 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9343 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9345 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9347 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9348 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9349 The result might be any Lisp object.
9350 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9351 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9352 corresponding to a successful execution.
9354 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9356 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21826 300 610486
9362 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9364 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9365 File name of tags table.
9366 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9367 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9368 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9369 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9370 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9372 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9373 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9374 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9375 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9377 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9379 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9380 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9381 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9382 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9383 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9384 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9386 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9388 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9389 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9390 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9392 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9394 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9395 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9396 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9397 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9398 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9400 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9402 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9403 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9404 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9405 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9407 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9409 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9410 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9411 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9412 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9413 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9415 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9417 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9418 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9422 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9423 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9424 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9425 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9427 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9428 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9429 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9430 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9431 file the tag was in.
9433 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9435 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9436 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9437 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9438 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9439 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9440 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9441 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9442 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9443 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9445 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9447 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9448 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9449 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9450 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9451 without directory names.
9455 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9459 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9460 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9463 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9465 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9466 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9467 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9468 but does not select the buffer.
9469 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9471 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9472 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9473 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9474 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9475 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9477 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9479 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9480 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9481 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9483 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9485 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9487 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9488 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9489 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9490 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9492 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9493 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9494 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9495 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9496 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9498 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9500 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9501 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9502 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9504 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9506 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9508 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9509 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9510 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9511 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9512 around or before point.
9514 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9515 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9516 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9517 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9518 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9520 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9522 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9523 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9524 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9526 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9528 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9530 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9532 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9533 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9534 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9535 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9536 around or before point.
9538 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9539 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9540 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9541 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9542 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9544 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9546 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9547 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9548 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9550 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9552 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9554 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9556 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9557 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9558 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9560 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9561 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9562 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9563 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9564 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9566 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9568 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9569 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9570 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9572 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9574 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9576 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9578 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9580 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9581 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9583 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9584 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9585 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9587 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9588 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9590 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9591 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9593 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9595 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9596 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9597 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9598 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9600 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9601 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9602 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9603 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9604 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9606 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9608 (make-obsolete 'tags-loop-continue '"use `xref-find-definitions' interface instead." '"25.1")
9610 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9611 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9612 Stops when a match is found.
9613 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9615 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9616 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9617 restricted to these files.
9619 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9621 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9623 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9624 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9625 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9626 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9627 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9628 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9629 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9630 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9632 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9633 produce the list of files to search.
9635 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9637 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9639 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9640 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9641 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9642 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9643 directory specification.
9645 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9647 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9648 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9650 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9652 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9654 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9655 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9656 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9657 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9661 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9662 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9663 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9664 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9665 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9669 (autoload 'etags-xref-find "etags" "\
9672 \(fn ACTION ID)" nil nil)
9676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21824
9677 ;;;;;; 5851 711914 99000))
9678 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9680 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9685 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9686 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9688 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9689 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9691 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9692 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9695 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9696 even if the buffer is read-only.
9698 See also the descriptions of the variables
9699 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9701 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9703 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9704 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9706 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9707 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9709 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9710 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9713 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9714 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9716 See also the descriptions of the variables
9717 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9719 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9721 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9722 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9723 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9724 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9726 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9728 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9729 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9730 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9731 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9733 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9734 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9737 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9738 buffer is read-only.
9740 See also the descriptions of the variables
9741 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9742 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9744 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9746 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9747 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9749 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9750 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9752 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9753 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9754 the primary language.
9756 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9757 buffer is read-only.
9759 See also the descriptions of the variables
9760 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9761 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9763 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9765 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9766 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9767 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9769 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9771 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9772 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9776 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9777 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9779 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9780 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9783 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9784 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9785 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9787 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9789 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9791 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9792 This function is deprecated.
9796 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9797 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9801 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9802 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9806 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9807 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9809 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9810 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9812 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9813 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9817 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9818 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9822 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9823 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9827 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9828 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9832 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9833 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9834 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9838 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9841 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21799 41767 21224 988000))
9846 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9848 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9849 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9850 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9851 server for future sessions.
9853 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9855 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9856 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9857 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9859 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9861 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9862 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9863 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9865 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9867 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9868 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9869 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9870 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9871 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9872 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9873 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9874 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9875 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9876 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9877 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9878 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9880 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9882 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9883 Display a form to query the directory server.
9884 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9885 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9887 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9889 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9890 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9891 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9895 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc
:help
,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map
)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu
(symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu
))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads
)) (if (featurep 'xemacs
) (if (and (featurep 'menubar
) (not (featurep 'infodock
))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu
)) (require 'easymenu
) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item
) (easy-menu-add-item nil
'("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps
) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
9899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21704 50495 455324
9901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9903 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary
"eudc-bob" "\
9904 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9906 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9908 (autoload 'eudc-display-url
"eudc-bob" "\
9909 Display URL and make it clickable.
9913 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail
"eudc-bob" "\
9914 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9916 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
9918 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound
"eudc-bob" "\
9919 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9921 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9923 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline
"eudc-bob" "\
9924 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9926 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9928 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
"eudc-bob" "\
9929 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9931 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21794 23865
9936 ;;;;;; 772631 636000))
9937 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9939 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
"eudc-export" "\
9940 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9941 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9945 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert
"eudc-export" "\
9946 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21704
9953 ;;;;;; 50495 455324 752000))
9954 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9956 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist
"eudc-hotlist" "\
9957 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21670 32330 885624
9965 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9967 (autoload 'ewoc-create
"ewoc" "\
9968 Create an empty ewoc.
9970 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9972 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9973 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9974 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9975 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9976 `insert-before-markers'.
9978 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9979 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9980 respectively, of the ewoc.
9982 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9983 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9984 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9986 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil
)
9990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21826 49851 770496 504000))
9991 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9993 (defvar eww-suggest-uris
'(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url
) "\
9994 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
9995 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
9996 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
9997 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
9999 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris
"eww" t
)
10001 (autoload 'eww
"eww" "\
10002 Fetch URL and render the page.
10003 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10004 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10007 (defalias 'browse-web
'eww
)
10009 (autoload 'eww-open-file
"eww" "\
10010 Render FILE using EWW.
10014 (autoload 'eww-search-words
"eww" "\
10015 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
10016 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
10018 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil
)
10020 (autoload 'eww-mode
"eww" "\
10021 Mode for browsing the web.
10025 (autoload 'eww-browse-url
"eww" "\
10028 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil
)
10030 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks
"eww" "\
10031 Display the bookmarks.
10037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21670
10038 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
10039 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10041 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p
"executable" "\
10042 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10043 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10045 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
10047 (autoload 'executable-interpret
"executable" "\
10048 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10049 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10050 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10051 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10053 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
10055 (autoload 'executable-set-magic
"executable" "\
10056 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10057 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10058 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10059 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10062 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
10064 (autoload 'executable-self-display
"executable" "\
10065 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10066 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10070 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
"executable" "\
10071 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10072 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
10080 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10082 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs
"expand" "\
10083 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10084 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10085 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10087 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10089 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10090 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10091 to generate such functions.
10093 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10094 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10095 beginning of the expanded text.
10097 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10098 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10099 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10100 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10102 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10104 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
10106 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook
"expand" "\
10107 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10108 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10112 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
"expand" "\
10113 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10114 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10118 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
"expand" "\
10119 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10120 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10123 (define-key abbrev-map
"p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
10124 (define-key abbrev-map
"n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
10128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21740 23998 526747
10130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10132 (autoload 'f90-mode
"f90" "\
10133 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10134 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10136 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10137 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10138 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10140 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10145 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10148 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10150 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10152 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10153 `f90-program-indent'
10154 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10156 `f90-associate-indent'
10157 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10158 `f90-critical-indent'
10159 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10160 `f90-continuation-indent'
10161 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10162 `f90-comment-region'
10163 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10164 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10165 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10166 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10168 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10169 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10170 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10171 `f90-break-delimiters'
10172 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10173 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10174 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10175 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10177 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10178 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10180 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10181 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10182 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10183 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10184 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10185 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10186 `f90-leave-line-no'
10187 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10189 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10190 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21670 32330 885624
10198 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10200 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative
"face-remap" "\
10201 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10202 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10203 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10205 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10206 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10207 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10208 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10209 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10211 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10212 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10213 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10214 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10215 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10216 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10219 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10220 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10222 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
10224 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base
"face-remap" "\
10225 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10226 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10227 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10229 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
10231 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base
"face-remap" "\
10232 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10233 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10234 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10236 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10237 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10238 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10240 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10241 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10242 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10243 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10245 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
10247 (autoload 'text-scale-set
"face-remap" "\
10248 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10249 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10251 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10252 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10253 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10256 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil
)
10258 (autoload 'text-scale-increase
"face-remap" "\
10259 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10260 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10262 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10263 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10264 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10265 will remove any scaling currently active.
10269 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease
"face-remap" "\
10270 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10271 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10274 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
+)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10275 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?-
)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10276 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
=)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10277 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
0)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10279 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust
"face-remap" "\
10280 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10282 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10284 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10285 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10287 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10288 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10289 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10291 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10292 the face height as long as the input event read
10293 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10295 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10296 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10297 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10298 will remove any scaling currently active.
10300 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10301 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10302 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10303 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10304 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10308 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode
"face-remap" "\
10309 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10310 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10311 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10312 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10313 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10317 (autoload 'buffer-face-set
"face-remap" "\
10318 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10319 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10320 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10321 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10322 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10323 `buffer-face-mode'.
10325 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10326 local, and sets it to FACE.
10328 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
10330 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle
"face-remap" "\
10331 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10332 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10333 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10334 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10335 `face' text property.
10337 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10338 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10339 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10340 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10342 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10343 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10345 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
10347 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode
"face-remap" "\
10348 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10349 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10350 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10352 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21607 54478
10357 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
10358 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10359 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions
)
10361 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it
"feedmail" "\
10362 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10363 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10364 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10368 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
"feedmail" "\
10369 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10373 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt
"feedmail" "\
10374 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10375 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10376 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10380 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue
"feedmail" "\
10381 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10382 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10383 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10384 backup file names and the like).
10386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10388 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder
"feedmail" "\
10389 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10390 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10391 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10392 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10393 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10394 internally by feedmail):
10396 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10397 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10398 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10399 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10401 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10402 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10403 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10404 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10405 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10407 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil
)
10411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21797 36 690506 232000))
10412 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10414 (autoload 'ffap-next
"ffap" "\
10415 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10416 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10417 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10418 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10419 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10420 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10422 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil
)
10424 (autoload 'find-file-at-point
"ffap" "\
10425 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10426 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10427 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10428 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10429 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10430 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10432 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
10434 (defalias 'ffap
'find-file-at-point
)
10436 (autoload 'ffap-menu
"ffap" "\
10437 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10438 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10439 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10440 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10441 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10443 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil
)
10445 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse
"ffap" "\
10446 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10447 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10449 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10450 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10455 (autoload 'dired-at-point
"ffap" "\
10456 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10457 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10459 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
10461 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point
"ffap" "\
10462 Try to get a file name at point.
10463 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10467 (autoload 'ffap-bindings
"ffap" "\
10468 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21740 23998 26747
10476 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10478 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory
"filecache" "\
10479 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10480 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10481 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10483 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10485 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list
"filecache" "\
10486 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10487 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10488 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10489 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10490 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10492 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10494 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file
"filecache" "\
10495 Add FILE to the file cache.
10499 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find
"filecache" "\
10500 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10501 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10503 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
10505 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate
"filecache" "\
10506 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10507 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10509 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
10511 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively
"filecache" "\
10512 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10513 This function does not use any external programs.
10514 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10515 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10516 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10518 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10520 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete
"filecache" "\
10521 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10522 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10523 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10524 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10525 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10526 \(directories) is done.
10532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21704 50495 455324
10534 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10536 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event
"filenotify" "\
10537 Handle file system monitoring event.
10538 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10540 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE COOKIE) CALLBACK)
10542 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10544 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21670 32330 885624
10550 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10552 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10553 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10555 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10556 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10557 Local Variables list.
10559 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10560 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10561 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10563 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil
)
10565 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10566 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10568 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil
)
10570 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10571 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10573 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10574 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10577 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10578 then this function adds it.
10580 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil
)
10582 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10583 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10585 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil
)
10587 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10588 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10590 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
10592 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10593 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10595 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10597 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals
"files-x" "\
10598 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10602 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
"files-x" "\
10603 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10607 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10608 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21670 32330 885624
10616 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10618 (autoload 'filesets-init
"filesets" "\
10619 Filesets initialization.
10620 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21670 32330 885624
10628 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10629 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions
)
10631 (autoload 'find-cmd
"find-cmd" "\
10632 Initiate the building of a find command.
10635 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10636 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10638 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10640 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10641 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10643 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil
)
10647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21670 32330 885624
10649 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10651 (autoload 'find-dired
"find-dired" "\
10652 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10653 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10655 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10657 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10658 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10660 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil
)
10662 (autoload 'find-name-dired
"find-dired" "\
10663 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10664 and run Dired on those files.
10665 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10666 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10668 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10670 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10672 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil
)
10674 (autoload 'find-grep-dired
"find-dired" "\
10675 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10676 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10678 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10679 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10681 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10682 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10684 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
10688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21670 32330 885624
10690 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10692 (defvar ff-special-constructs
`((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil
(buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10693 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10694 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10695 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10696 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10697 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10698 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10700 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs
"find-file" t
)
10702 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file
"find-file" "\
10703 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10704 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10706 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10708 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil
)
10710 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file
'ff-find-other-file
)
10712 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10713 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10714 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10716 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10717 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10719 Variables of interest include:
10721 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10722 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10723 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10725 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10726 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10727 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10729 - `ff-ignore-include'
10730 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10732 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10733 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10736 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10738 - `ff-special-constructs'
10739 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10740 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10741 extracting the filename from that construct.
10743 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10744 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10746 - `ff-search-directories'
10747 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10748 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10750 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10751 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10753 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10754 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10756 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10757 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10759 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10760 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10762 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10763 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10765 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil
)
10767 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10768 Visit the file you click on.
10770 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10772 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window
"find-file" "\
10773 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10775 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21700
10780 ;;;;;; 53432 444919 658000))
10781 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10783 (autoload 'find-library
"find-func" "\
10784 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10785 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10787 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil
)
10789 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol
"find-func" "\
10790 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10791 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10792 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10794 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10795 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10796 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10797 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10799 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil
)
10801 (autoload 'find-function-noselect
"find-func" "\
10802 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10804 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10805 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10806 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10807 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10809 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10810 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10811 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10813 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10814 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10817 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil
)
10819 (autoload 'find-function
"find-func" "\
10820 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10822 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10823 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10824 places point before the definition.
10825 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10827 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10828 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10829 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10831 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10833 (autoload 'find-function-other-window
"find-func" "\
10834 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10836 See `find-function' for more details.
10838 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10840 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10841 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10843 See `find-function' for more details.
10845 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10847 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect
"find-func" "\
10848 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10850 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10851 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10852 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10854 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10855 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10857 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
10859 (autoload 'find-variable
"find-func" "\
10860 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10862 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10863 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10864 places point before the definition.
10866 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10868 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10869 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10870 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10872 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10874 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window
"find-func" "\
10875 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10877 See `find-variable' for more details.
10879 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10881 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10882 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10884 See `find-variable' for more details.
10886 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10888 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect
"find-func" "\
10889 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10890 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10891 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10892 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10893 buffer nor display it.
10895 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10896 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10898 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
10900 (autoload 'find-face-definition
"find-func" "\
10901 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10903 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10904 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10905 places point before the definition.
10907 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10909 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10910 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10911 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10915 (autoload 'find-function-on-key
"find-func" "\
10916 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10917 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10921 (autoload 'find-function-at-point
"find-func" "\
10922 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10926 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point
"find-func" "\
10927 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10931 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys
"find-func" "\
10932 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21670 32330 885624
10940 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10942 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired
"find-lisp" "\
10943 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10945 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
10947 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
"find-lisp" "\
10948 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10952 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter
"find-lisp" "\
10953 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10955 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
10959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
10960 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10961 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions
)
10963 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords
"finder" "\
10964 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10968 (autoload 'finder-commentary
"finder" "\
10969 Display FILE's commentary section.
10970 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10974 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword
"finder" "\
10975 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21670 32330 885624
10983 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10985 (autoload 'enable-flow-control
"flow-ctrl" "\
10986 Toggle flow control handling.
10987 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10988 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10990 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil
)
10992 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on
"flow-ctrl" "\
10993 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10994 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10995 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10996 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10997 to get the effect of a C-q.
10999 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil
)
11003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21670 32330
11004 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11005 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11007 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode
"flow-fill" "\
11010 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil
)
11012 (autoload 'fill-flowed
"flow-fill" "\
11015 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil
)
11019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21670 32331
11020 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
11021 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11022 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions
)
11024 (autoload 'flymake-mode
"flymake" "\
11025 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11026 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11027 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11028 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11029 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11033 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on
"flymake" "\
11034 Turn flymake mode on.
11038 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off
"flymake" "\
11039 Turn flymake mode off.
11043 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook
"flymake" "\
11050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21750 59840
11051 ;;;;;; 704617 663000))
11052 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11054 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode
"flyspell" "\
11055 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11058 (defvar flyspell-mode nil
"Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11060 (autoload 'flyspell-mode
"flyspell" "\
11061 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11062 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11063 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11064 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11066 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11067 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11068 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11071 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11072 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11073 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11074 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11077 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11080 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11081 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11082 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11084 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11086 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11089 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11090 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11092 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11094 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
11095 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11099 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
11100 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11104 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off
"flyspell" "\
11105 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11109 (autoload 'flyspell-region
"flyspell" "\
11110 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11112 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
11114 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer
"flyspell" "\
11115 Flyspell whole buffer.
11121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21824 11953 672190
11123 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11124 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions
)
11128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
11129 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11131 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode
"follow" "\
11132 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11136 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode
"follow" "\
11137 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11141 (autoload 'follow-mode
"follow" "\
11142 Toggle Follow mode.
11143 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11144 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11145 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11147 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11148 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11150 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11151 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11152 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11154 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11155 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11156 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11159 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11160 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11161 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11162 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11163 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11166 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11167 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11169 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11171 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11173 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11174 \\{follow-mode-map}
11176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11178 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split
"follow" "\
11179 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11181 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11182 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11183 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11184 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11185 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11186 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11188 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11189 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11190 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21814 9129 310503
11198 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11199 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions
)
11201 (autoload 'footnote-mode
"footnote" "\
11202 Toggle Footnote mode.
11203 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11204 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11205 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11207 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11208 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11209 play around with the following keys:
11210 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21804 59688 164807 902000))
11217 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11219 (autoload 'forms-mode
"forms" "\
11220 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11222 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11223 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11224 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11225 C-c < forms-first-record <
11226 C-c > forms-last-record >
11227 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11228 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11229 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11230 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11231 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11232 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11233 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11234 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11235 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11236 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11238 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil
)
11240 (autoload 'forms-find-file
"forms" "\
11241 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11245 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window
"forms" "\
11246 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21670 32331
11253 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
11254 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11256 (autoload 'fortran-mode
"fortran" "\
11257 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11258 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11260 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11261 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11263 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11266 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11268 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11270 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11271 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11272 `fortran-do-indent'
11273 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11274 `fortran-if-indent'
11275 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11276 `fortran-structure-indent'
11277 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11279 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11280 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11281 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11282 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11283 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11284 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11285 nil don't change the indentation
11286 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11288 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11289 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11290 depending on the continuation format in use.
11291 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11292 indentation for a line of code.
11294 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11295 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11296 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11297 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11298 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11299 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11300 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11301 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11302 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11303 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11305 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11306 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11307 statements (default nil).
11308 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11309 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11310 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11311 `fortran-continuation-string'
11312 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11313 line (default \"$\").
11314 `fortran-comment-region'
11315 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11316 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11317 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11318 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11319 as typed (default t).
11320 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11321 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11323 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11324 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21670 32331 385639
11332 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11334 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune
"fortune" "\
11335 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11337 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11338 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11340 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil
)
11342 (autoload 'fortune-from-region
"fortune" "\
11343 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11345 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11346 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11348 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil
)
11350 (autoload 'fortune-compile
"fortune" "\
11351 Compile fortune file.
11353 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11354 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11356 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
11358 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature
"fortune" "\
11359 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11361 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11362 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11363 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11364 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11366 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
11368 (autoload 'fortune
"fortune" "\
11369 Display a fortune cookie.
11370 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11371 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11372 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11373 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11375 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
11379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21799 41766 981374
11381 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11383 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist
'((name .
:never
) (left . frameset-filter-iconified
) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer
) (top . frameset-filter-iconified
)) "\
11384 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11385 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11387 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist
(nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color
) (buffer-list .
:never
) (buffer-predicate .
:never
) (buried-buffer-list .
:never
) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param
) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color
) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param
) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param
) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param
) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param
) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param
) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param
) (outer-window-id .
:never
) (parent-id .
:never
) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI
) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI
) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param
) (window-id .
:never
) (window-system .
:never
)) frameset-session-filter-alist
) "\
11388 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11389 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11391 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist
"\
11392 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11394 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11395 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11397 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11398 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11399 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11400 intend to modify existing values, do
11402 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11404 before changing anything.
11406 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11407 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11409 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11410 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11411 to restore the frame.
11413 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11414 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11415 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11417 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11418 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11419 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11420 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11421 FILTER A filter function.
11423 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11424 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11426 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11430 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11431 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11432 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11433 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11434 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11435 before restoring it.
11436 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11438 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11440 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11441 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11442 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11444 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11445 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11447 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id
"frameset" "\
11448 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11449 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11450 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11451 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11452 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11453 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11455 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil
)
11457 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p
"frameset" "\
11458 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11460 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil
)
11462 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id
"frameset" "\
11463 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11464 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11465 If nil, check all live frames.
11467 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil
)
11469 (autoload 'frameset-save
"frameset" "\
11470 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11471 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11472 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11473 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11474 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11475 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11476 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11477 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11478 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11479 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11481 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil
)
11483 (autoload 'frameset-restore
"frameset" "\
11484 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11486 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11487 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11488 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11489 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11490 and window-state is not restored.
11492 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11493 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11495 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11496 t All existing frames can be reused.
11497 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11498 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11499 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11500 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11502 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11503 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11504 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11505 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11506 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11507 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11508 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11509 be created from that parameter alist.
11511 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11512 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11513 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11514 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11515 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11516 - the live frame just restored,
11517 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11518 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11519 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11521 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11522 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11523 nil Keep all frames.
11524 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11525 - FRAME, a live frame.
11526 - ACTION, which can be one of
11527 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11528 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11529 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11530 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11531 Return value is ignored.
11533 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11534 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11535 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11536 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11537 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11539 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11541 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil
)
11543 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register
"frameset" "\
11544 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11545 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11547 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
11549 (autoload 'frameset--print-register
"frameset" "\
11550 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11551 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11553 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
11555 (autoload 'frameset-to-register
"frameset" "\
11556 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11557 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11558 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11560 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11562 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil
)
11566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21720 38720
11567 ;;;;;; 956749 443000))
11568 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11569 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions
)
11573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21724 35774
11574 ;;;;;; 954622 790000))
11575 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11577 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil
"\
11578 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11579 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11581 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug
"gdb-mi" nil
)
11583 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug
"gdb-mi" "\
11584 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11585 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11586 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11587 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11588 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11589 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11593 (autoload 'gdb
"gdb-mi" "\
11594 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11595 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11596 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11598 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11599 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11600 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11601 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11602 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11604 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11605 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11606 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11607 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11609 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11610 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11611 shown in some of the buffers.
11613 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11615 The following commands help control operation :
11617 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11618 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11620 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11621 detailed description of this mode.
11624 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11626 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11627 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11631 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11632 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11633 | | (comint-mode) |
11640 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11641 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11642 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11643 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11644 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11645 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11647 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
11651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21670 32330
11652 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11653 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11655 (defvar generic-mode-list nil
"\
11656 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11657 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11658 instead (which see).")
11660 (autoload 'define-generic-mode
"generic" "\
11661 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11663 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11664 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11665 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11666 documentation string instead.
11668 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11669 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11670 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11671 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11672 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11673 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11674 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11675 enders are actually possible.
11677 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11678 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11680 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11681 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11682 `font-lock-keywords'.
11684 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11685 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11686 runs the macro expansion.
11688 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11689 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11690 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11692 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11694 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t
)
11696 (function-put 'define-generic-mode
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
11698 (function-put 'define-generic-mode
'doc-string-elt
'7)
11700 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal
"generic" "\
11701 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11703 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil
)
11705 (autoload 'generic-mode
"generic" "\
11706 Enter generic mode MODE.
11708 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11709 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11710 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11712 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11713 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11717 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list
"generic" "\
11718 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11719 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11720 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11721 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11722 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11723 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11724 `font-lock-keywords'.
11726 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil
)
11728 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list
'regexp-opt
'"24.4")
11732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21670 32331
11733 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
11734 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11736 (autoload 'glasses-mode
"glasses" "\
11737 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11738 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11739 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11740 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11741 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21670 32330
11748 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11749 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11751 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat
"gmm-utils" "\
11752 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11753 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11755 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil
)
11757 (autoload 'gmm-message
"gmm-utils" "\
11758 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11760 Guideline for numbers:
11762 3 - non-serious error messages
11763 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11764 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11765 9 - messages inside loops.
11767 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
11769 (autoload 'gmm-error
"gmm-utils" "\
11770 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11771 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11773 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
11775 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p
"gmm-utils" "\
11776 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11778 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
11780 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list
"gmm-utils" "\
11781 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11783 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11784 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11785 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11786 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11787 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11788 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11790 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11791 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11792 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11793 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11794 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11796 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11798 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil
)
11802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
11803 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11804 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions
)
11805 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload
)
11806 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method
"gnus"))
11808 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server
"gnus" "\
11809 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11813 (autoload 'gnus-no-server
"gnus" "\
11815 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11816 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11817 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11818 name of an NNTP server to use.
11819 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11822 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil
)
11824 (autoload 'gnus-slave
"gnus" "\
11825 Read news as a slave.
11827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11829 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame
"gnus" "\
11830 Pop up a frame to read news.
11831 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11832 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11833 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11834 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11835 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11836 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11837 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11838 current display is used.
11840 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil
)
11842 (autoload 'gnus
"gnus" "\
11844 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11845 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11846 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11848 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil
)
11852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21670 32330
11853 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11854 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11856 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11857 Start Gnus unplugged.
11861 (autoload 'gnus-plugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11862 Start Gnus plugged.
11866 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11867 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11871 (autoload 'gnus-agentize
"gnus-agent" "\
11872 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11874 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11875 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11876 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11878 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11879 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11880 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11884 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc
"gnus-agent" "\
11885 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11889 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group
"gnus-agent" "\
11890 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11891 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11892 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11893 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11896 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
11898 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group
"gnus-agent" "\
11899 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11900 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11901 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11902 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11905 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
11907 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list
"gnus-agent" "\
11908 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11912 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
"gnus-agent" "\
11913 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11914 downloaded into the agent.
11916 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil
)
11918 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter
"gnus-agent" "\
11919 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11920 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11921 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11923 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
11925 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch
"gnus-agent" "\
11926 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11930 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch
"gnus-agent" "\
11931 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11935 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate
"gnus-agent" "\
11936 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11937 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11939 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil
)
11943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21804 59688
11944 ;;;;;; 184805 112000))
11945 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11947 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display
"gnus-art" "\
11948 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21670
11955 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
11956 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11958 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11959 Set a bookmark for this article.
11963 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11964 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11966 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil
)
11968 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11969 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11970 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11971 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11972 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21670 32330
11979 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11980 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11982 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache
"gnus-cache" "\
11983 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11986 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11990 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active
"gnus-cache" "\
11991 Generate the cache active file.
11993 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
11995 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases
"gnus-cache" "\
11996 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12000 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group
"gnus-cache" "\
12001 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12002 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12003 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12004 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12007 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
12009 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group
"gnus-cache" "\
12010 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12011 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12012 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12013 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12016 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
12020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21670 32330
12021 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12022 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12024 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article
"gnus-delay" "\
12025 Delay this article by some time.
12026 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12028 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12029 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12031 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12032 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12034 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12035 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12037 \(fn DELAY)" t nil
)
12039 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue
"gnus-delay" "\
12040 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12044 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize
"gnus-delay" "\
12045 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12046 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12047 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12049 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12050 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12052 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil
)
12056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21670 32330
12057 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12058 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12060 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d
"gnus-diary" "\
12063 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
12065 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D
"gnus-diary" "\
12068 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
12072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21670 32330
12073 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12074 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12076 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode
"gnus-dired" "\
12077 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21670 32330
12084 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12085 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12087 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder
"gnus-draft" "\
12088 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21670 32330
12095 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12096 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12098 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type
"gnus-fun" "\
12099 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12101 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil
)
12103 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh
"message" nil t
)
12105 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face
"gnus-fun" "\
12106 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12108 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12112 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
"gnus-fun" "\
12113 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12117 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
12118 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12120 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12121 different input formats.
12125 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
12126 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12128 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12129 different input formats.
12133 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png
"gnus-fun" "\
12134 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12135 The PNG is returned as a string.
12137 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
12139 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face
"gnus-fun" "\
12140 Convert FILE to a Face.
12141 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12144 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
12146 (autoload 'gnus-random-face
"gnus-fun" "\
12147 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12149 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12153 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header
"gnus-fun" "\
12154 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21670
12161 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
12162 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12164 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar
"gnus-gravatar" "\
12165 Display gravatar in the From header.
12166 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12168 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
12170 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar
"gnus-gravatar" "\
12171 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12172 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12174 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
12178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21804 59688
12179 ;;;;;; 184805 112000))
12180 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12182 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group
"gnus-group" "\
12183 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12184 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12185 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12187 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil
)
12189 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame
"gnus-group" "\
12190 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12192 \(fn GROUP)" t nil
)
12196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21670 32330
12197 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12198 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12200 (autoload 'gnus-article-html
"gnus-html" "\
12203 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil
)
12205 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images
"gnus-html" "\
12208 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil
)
12212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21670 32330
12213 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12214 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12216 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill
'gnus-batch-score
)
12218 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score
"gnus-kill" "\
12219 Run batched scoring.
12220 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21670 32330 885624
12228 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12230 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
12235 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
"gnus-ml" "\
12236 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12237 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12239 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
12241 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
12242 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12244 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21670 32330
12251 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12252 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12254 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup
"gnus-mlspl" "\
12255 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12256 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12257 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12260 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12261 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12262 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12263 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12265 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12266 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12267 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12268 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12269 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12270 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12271 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12272 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12273 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12274 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12276 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
12278 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update
"gnus-mlspl" "\
12279 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12280 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12283 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12284 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12286 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
12288 (autoload 'gnus-group-split
"gnus-mlspl" "\
12289 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12290 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12292 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12296 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy
"gnus-mlspl" "\
12297 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12298 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12300 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12302 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12303 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12304 existing groups are considered.
12306 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12307 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12310 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12311 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12312 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12313 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12314 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12315 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12316 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12317 clauses will be generated.
12319 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12320 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12321 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12322 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12323 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12324 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12326 For example, given the following group parameters:
12329 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12330 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12332 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12333 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12334 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12335 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12337 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12339 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12341 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12343 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12344 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12347 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil
)
12351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21725 56638
12352 ;;;;;; 795320 63000))
12353 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12355 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail
"gnus-msg" "\
12356 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12357 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12358 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12359 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12362 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil
)
12364 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto
"gnus-msg" "\
12367 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil
)
12369 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply
"gnus-msg" "\
12370 Like `message-reply'.
12372 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil
)
12374 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent
'gnus-msg-mail
'message-send-and-exit
'message-kill-buffer
'message-send-hook
)
12378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12379 ;;;;;; (21757 29489 158925 687000))
12380 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12382 (autoload 'gnus-notifications
"gnus-notifications" "\
12383 Send a notification on new message.
12384 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12385 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12386 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12388 This is typically a function to add in
12389 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21670 32330
12396 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12397 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12399 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
12400 Display picons in the From header.
12401 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12405 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
12406 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12407 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12411 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
12412 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12413 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21670 32330
12420 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12421 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12423 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference
"gnus-range" "\
12424 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12425 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12426 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12428 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12430 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference
"gnus-range" "\
12431 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12432 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12435 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12437 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement
"gnus-range" "\
12438 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12439 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12441 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12443 (autoload 'gnus-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
12446 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12448 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
12449 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12450 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12452 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12454 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
12455 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12456 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12458 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil
)
12460 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection
'gnus-sorted-nintersection
)
12462 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection
"gnus-range" "\
12463 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12464 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12466 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12468 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union
"gnus-range" "\
12469 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12470 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12472 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12474 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion
"gnus-range" "\
12475 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12476 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12478 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12480 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list
"gnus-range" "\
12481 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12483 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil
)
12487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21774
12488 ;;;;;; 38574 225319 550000))
12489 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12491 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize
"gnus-registry" "\
12492 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12496 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks
"gnus-registry" "\
12497 Install the registry hooks.
12503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21670 32330
12504 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12505 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12507 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update
"gnus-sieve" "\
12508 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12509 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12510 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12511 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12512 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12516 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate
"gnus-sieve" "\
12517 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12518 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12519 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12520 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12524 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule
"gnus-sieve" "\
12531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21670 32330
12532 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12533 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12535 (autoload 'gnus-update-format
"gnus-spec" "\
12536 Update the format specification near point.
12542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21716 41663
12543 ;;;;;; 456033 27000))
12544 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12546 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend
"gnus-start" "\
12547 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12549 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil
)
12553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21804 59688
12554 ;;;;;; 194794 158000))
12555 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12557 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump
"gnus-sum" "\
12558 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12559 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12561 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil
)
12565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21670 32330
12566 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12567 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12569 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize
"gnus-sync" "\
12570 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12574 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks
"gnus-sync" "\
12575 Install the sync hooks.
12581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21670 32330
12582 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12583 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12585 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration
"gnus-win" "\
12586 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12588 \(fn CONF)" nil nil
)
12592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21670 32331 385639
12594 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12596 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits
256 "\
12597 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12598 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12599 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12600 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12601 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12603 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12605 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits
"gnutls" t
)
12609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21670 32331 385639
12611 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12613 (autoload 'gomoku
"gomoku" "\
12614 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12616 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12617 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12618 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12620 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12621 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12622 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12624 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12625 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12627 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12628 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12630 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12632 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil
)
12636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21670 32331
12637 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
12638 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12640 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse
'goto-address-at-point
"22.1")
12642 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point
"goto-addr" "\
12643 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12644 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12645 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12646 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12648 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil
)
12650 (autoload 'goto-address
"goto-addr" "\
12651 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12652 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12654 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12655 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12657 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12658 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12661 (put 'goto-address
'safe-local-eval-function t
)
12663 (autoload 'goto-address-mode
"goto-addr" "\
12664 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12666 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12667 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12671 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode
"goto-addr" "\
12672 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21670 32330
12679 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12680 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12682 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve
"gravatar" "\
12683 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12684 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12686 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil
)
12688 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously
"gravatar" "\
12689 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12691 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil
)
12695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21670 32331 385639
12697 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12699 (defvar grep-window-height nil
"\
12700 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12702 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height
"grep" t
)
12704 (defvar grep-command nil
"\
12705 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12706 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12707 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12708 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12710 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12711 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12712 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12714 (custom-autoload 'grep-command
"grep" nil
)
12716 (defvar grep-find-command nil
"\
12717 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12718 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12719 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12720 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12722 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command
"grep" nil
)
12724 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil
"\
12725 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12727 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook
"grep" t
)
12729 (defconst grep-regexp-alist
'(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil
(when grep-highlight-matches
(let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg
) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end
'font-lock-face grep-match-face
))) (when mbeg
(- mbeg beg
))))) lambda nil
(when grep-highlight-matches
(let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg
) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end
'font-lock-face grep-match-face
)) (mend (and mbeg
(next-single-property-change mbeg
'font-lock-face nil end
)))) (when mend
(- mend beg
)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil
0 1)) "\
12730 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12732 (defvar grep-program
(purecopy "grep") "\
12733 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12734 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12736 (defvar find-program
(purecopy "find") "\
12737 The default find program.
12738 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12741 (defvar xargs-program
(purecopy "xargs") "\
12742 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12743 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12744 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12746 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil
"\
12747 How to invoke find and grep.
12748 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12749 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12750 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12751 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12753 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12755 (defvar grep-history nil
"\
12756 History list for grep.")
12758 (defvar grep-find-history nil
"\
12759 History list for grep-find.")
12761 (autoload 'grep-process-setup
"grep" "\
12762 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12763 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12767 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults
"grep" "\
12772 (autoload 'grep-mode
"grep" "\
12773 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12777 (autoload 'grep
"grep" "\
12778 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12779 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12780 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12781 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12783 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12784 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12786 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12787 can easily repeat a grep command.
12789 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12790 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12791 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12794 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
12796 (autoload 'grep-find
"grep" "\
12797 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12798 Collect output in a buffer.
12799 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12800 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12802 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12803 easily repeat a find command.
12805 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
12807 (defalias 'find-grep
'grep-find
)
12809 (autoload 'lgrep
"grep" "\
12810 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12811 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12812 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12813 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12815 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12816 before it is executed.
12817 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12819 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12820 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12821 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12823 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12825 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
12827 (autoload 'rgrep
"grep" "\
12828 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12829 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12830 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12831 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12833 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12834 before it is executed.
12835 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12837 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12838 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12839 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12840 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12842 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12844 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12845 to specify a command to run.
12847 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
12849 (autoload 'zrgrep
"grep" "\
12850 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12851 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12852 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12854 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil
)
12856 (defalias 'rzgrep
'zrgrep
)
12860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
12861 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12863 (autoload 'gs-load-image
"gs" "\
12864 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12865 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12866 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12867 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12869 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil
)
12873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21769 20661 366048
12875 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12877 (autoload 'gud-gdb
"gud" "\
12878 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12879 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12880 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12882 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12884 (autoload 'sdb
"gud" "\
12885 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12886 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12887 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12889 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12891 (autoload 'dbx
"gud" "\
12892 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12893 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12894 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12896 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12898 (autoload 'xdb
"gud" "\
12899 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12900 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12901 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12903 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12904 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12906 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12908 (autoload 'perldb
"gud" "\
12909 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12910 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12911 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12913 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12915 (autoload 'pdb
"gud" "\
12916 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12917 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12918 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12920 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12922 (autoload 'guiler
"gud" "\
12923 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12924 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12925 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12927 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12929 (autoload 'jdb
"gud" "\
12930 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12931 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12932 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12933 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12935 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12936 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12937 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12938 original source file access method.
12940 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12941 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12943 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12945 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode
"gud" "\
12946 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12950 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil
"\
12951 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12952 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12953 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12954 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12955 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12957 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" nil
)
12959 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" "\
12960 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12961 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12962 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12963 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12965 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21750 59840 206034
12971 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12973 (autoload 'gv-get
"gv" "\
12974 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12975 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12976 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12977 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12978 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12979 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12981 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12983 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil
)
12985 (autoload 'gv-letplace
"gv" "\
12986 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12987 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12989 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12990 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12991 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12993 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12994 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12996 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t
)
12998 (function-put 'gv-letplace
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
13000 (autoload 'gv-define-expander
"gv" "\
13001 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
13002 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
13003 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
13004 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
13006 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t
)
13008 (function-put 'gv-define-expander
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
13010 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration
"gv" "\
13013 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil
)
13015 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist
) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration
'gv-expander
)) defun-declarations-alist
))
13017 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist
) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration
'gv-setter
)) defun-declarations-alist
))
13019 (autoload 'gv-define-setter
"gv" "\
13020 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13021 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13022 well for simple place forms.
13023 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13024 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13025 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13026 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13027 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13028 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13029 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13031 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t
)
13033 (function-put 'gv-define-setter
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
13035 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter
"gv" "\
13036 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13037 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13038 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13039 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13041 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13042 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13044 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13046 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13048 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t
)
13050 (autoload 'setf
"gv" "\
13051 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13052 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13053 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13054 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13055 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13057 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t
)
13059 (put 'gv-place
'edebug-form-spec
'edebug-match-form
)
13061 (autoload 'gv-ref
"gv" "\
13062 Return a reference to PLACE.
13063 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13064 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13065 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
13068 \(fn PLACE)" nil t
)
13072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21670 32331
13073 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
13074 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13076 (autoload 'handwrite
"handwrite" "\
13077 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13078 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13079 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13081 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13082 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13083 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13084 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21799 41767 31221
13092 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13094 (autoload 'hanoi
"hanoi" "\
13095 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13097 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil
)
13099 (autoload 'hanoi-unix
"hanoi" "\
13100 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13101 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13102 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13104 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13108 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64
"hanoi" "\
13109 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13110 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13111 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21670 32331
13119 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
13120 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13122 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment
"hashcash" "\
13123 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13127 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
13128 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13129 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13133 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment
"hashcash" "\
13134 Verify a hashcash payment
13136 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil
)
13138 (autoload 'mail-add-payment
"hashcash" "\
13139 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13140 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13141 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13142 `mail-add-payment-async').
13144 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil
)
13146 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
13147 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13148 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13149 Calculation is asynchronous.
13151 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13153 (autoload 'mail-check-payment
"hashcash" "\
13154 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13155 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13157 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21670 32331 385639
13163 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13165 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string
"help-at-pt" "\
13166 Return the help-echo string at point.
13167 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13168 property, or nil, is returned.
13169 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13170 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13171 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13173 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil
)
13175 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string
"help-at-pt" "\
13176 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13177 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13178 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13179 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13183 (autoload 'display-local-help
"help-at-pt" "\
13184 Display local help in the echo area.
13185 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13186 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13187 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13190 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13191 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13192 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13196 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
13197 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13198 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13202 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
13203 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13204 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13208 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle
'never
"\
13209 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13210 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13211 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13212 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13213 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13214 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13215 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13216 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13217 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13218 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13220 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13221 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13222 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13223 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13224 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13226 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13227 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13228 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13229 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13230 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13231 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13232 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13233 The default is `never'.")
13235 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle
"help-at-pt" nil
)
13237 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region
"help-at-pt" "\
13238 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13239 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13240 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13241 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13242 considered different regions.
13244 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13245 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13246 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13247 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13248 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13249 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13250 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13251 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13252 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13254 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil
)
13256 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region
"help-at-pt" "\
13257 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13258 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13259 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13262 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13263 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13264 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13265 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13266 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13267 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13268 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13269 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13271 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13272 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13273 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13274 rarely happens in practice.
13276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13278 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region
"help-at-pt" "\
13279 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13280 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13281 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13282 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13283 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21818 36533 711220
13291 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13293 (autoload 'describe-function
"help-fns" "\
13294 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13296 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
13298 (autoload 'help-C-file-name
"help-fns" "\
13299 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13300 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13302 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil
)
13304 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name
"help-fns" "\
13305 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13306 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13307 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13308 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13309 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13310 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13312 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13313 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13314 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13315 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13316 suitable file is found, return nil.
13318 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil
)
13320 (autoload 'describe-function-1
"help-fns" "\
13323 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil
)
13325 (autoload 'variable-at-point
"help-fns" "\
13326 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13327 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13328 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13330 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
13332 (autoload 'describe-variable
"help-fns" "\
13333 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13334 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13335 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13336 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13337 it is displayed along with the global value.
13339 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil
)
13341 (autoload 'describe-function-or-variable
"help-fns" "\
13342 Display the full documentation of the function or variable SYMBOL.
13343 If SYMBOL is a variable and has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13344 \(default to the current buffer and current frame), it is displayed along
13345 with the global value.
13347 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil
)
13349 (autoload 'describe-syntax
"help-fns" "\
13350 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13351 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13352 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13354 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
13356 (autoload 'describe-categories
"help-fns" "\
13357 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13358 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13359 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13360 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13362 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
13364 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man
"help-fns" "\
13365 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13369 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info
"help-fns" "\
13370 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21670 32331 385639
13378 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13380 (defvar three-step-help nil
"\
13381 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13382 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13383 window listing and describing the options.
13384 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13385 gives the window that lists the options.")
13387 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help
"help-macro" t
)
13391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21733 50750 334730
13393 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13395 (autoload 'help-mode
"help-mode" "\
13396 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13397 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13403 (autoload 'help-mode-setup
"help-mode" "\
13408 (autoload 'help-mode-finish
"help-mode" "\
13413 (autoload 'help-setup-xref
"help-mode" "\
13414 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13416 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13417 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13418 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13419 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13421 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13422 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13423 restore it properly when going back.
13425 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil
)
13427 (autoload 'help-buffer
"help-mode" "\
13428 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13429 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13430 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13432 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13433 it does not already exist.
13437 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs
"help-mode" "\
13438 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13440 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13441 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13442 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13443 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13444 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13445 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13446 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13447 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13449 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13450 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13451 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13452 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13454 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13455 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13458 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
13460 (autoload 'help-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
13461 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13462 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13463 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13464 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13465 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13467 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
13469 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
13470 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13471 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13472 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13473 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13475 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
13477 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp
"help-mode" "\
13478 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13480 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
13482 (autoload 'help-xref-interned
"help-mode" "\
13483 Follow a hyperlink which appeared to be an arbitrary interned SYMBOL.
13484 Both variable, function and face documentation are extracted into a single
13485 help buffer. If SYMBOL is a variable, include buffer-local value for optional
13488 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" nil nil
)
13490 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump
"help-mode" "\
13491 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13492 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13493 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13495 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil
)
13499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21670 32330
13500 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
13501 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13503 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings
"helper" "\
13504 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13508 (autoload 'Helper-help
"helper" "\
13509 Provide help for current mode.
13515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21695 35516 595262 313000))
13516 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13518 (autoload 'hexl-mode
"hexl" "\
13519 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13520 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13521 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13522 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13524 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13525 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13527 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13528 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13529 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13530 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13532 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13533 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13536 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13541 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13542 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13543 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13544 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13545 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13546 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13547 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13548 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13549 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13550 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13551 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13552 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13553 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13554 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13555 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13557 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13558 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13559 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13561 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13564 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13566 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13567 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13568 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13570 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13571 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13572 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13574 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13575 into the buffer at the current point.
13577 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13578 into the buffer at the current point.
13580 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13581 into the buffer at the current point.
13583 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13585 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13586 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13588 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13590 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13594 (autoload 'hexl-find-file
"hexl" "\
13595 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13596 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13597 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13599 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
13601 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer
"hexl" "\
13602 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13603 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21741 1161 438890 423000))
13610 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13612 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
13613 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13614 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13615 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13616 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13618 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13619 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13620 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13621 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13623 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13624 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13625 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13626 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13628 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13629 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13630 which can be called interactively, are:
13632 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13633 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13635 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13636 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13637 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13638 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13640 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13641 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13643 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13644 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13645 available face automatically.
13647 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13648 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13650 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13651 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13652 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13653 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13654 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13655 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13656 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13657 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13658 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13659 function returns t.
13661 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13662 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13664 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13665 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13669 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13670 position (number of characters into buffer)
13671 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13672 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13673 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13677 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil
"\
13678 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13679 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13680 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13681 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13682 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13684 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" nil
)
13686 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
13687 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13688 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13689 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13690 ARG is omitted or nil.
13692 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13693 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13694 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13698 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp
'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
)
13700 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13701 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13702 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13703 Use the global history list for FACE.
13705 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13706 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13707 highlighting will not update as you type.
13709 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
13711 (defalias 'highlight-regexp
'hi-lock-face-buffer
)
13713 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13714 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13715 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13716 Use the global history list for FACE.
13718 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13719 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13720 highlighting will not update as you type.
13722 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
13724 (defalias 'highlight-phrase
'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
)
13726 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13727 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13728 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13729 Use the global history list for FACE.
13731 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13732 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13733 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13735 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13736 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13737 highlighting will not update as you type.
13739 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
13741 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point
'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point
)
13743 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point
"hi-lock" "\
13744 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13745 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13746 unless you use a prefix argument.
13747 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13749 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13750 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13754 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp
'hi-lock-unface-buffer
)
13756 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13757 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13758 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13759 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13760 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13761 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13763 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
13765 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns
"hi-lock" "\
13766 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13768 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13769 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13770 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21799 41767
13777 ;;;;;; 51222 992000))
13778 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13780 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode
"hideif" "\
13781 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13782 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13783 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13784 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13786 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13787 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13788 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13789 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13792 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13793 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13794 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13795 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13796 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13797 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13798 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13800 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13801 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13802 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13803 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13804 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13807 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13808 #endif lines when hiding.
13810 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13811 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13814 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13815 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13816 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13818 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21670 32331
13825 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
13826 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13828 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (c++-mode
"{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil
))) "\
13829 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13830 Each element has the form
13831 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13833 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13834 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13836 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13837 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13839 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13840 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13841 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13842 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13843 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13844 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13846 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13847 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13849 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13850 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13852 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13853 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13854 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13856 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode
"hideshow" "\
13857 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13858 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13859 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13860 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13862 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13863 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13864 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13866 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13867 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13868 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13870 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13871 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13873 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13876 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13880 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow
"hideshow" "\
13881 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21670 32331 385639
13889 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13891 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
13892 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13893 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13894 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13895 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13897 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13898 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13899 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13902 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13903 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13904 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13905 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13906 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13907 through various faces.
13908 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13909 buffer with the contents of a file
13910 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13914 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
13915 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13916 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13917 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13918 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13920 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13921 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13922 in a distinctive face.
13924 The default value can be customized with variable
13925 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13927 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13931 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight
"hilit-chg" "\
13932 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13933 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13935 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
13937 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change
"hilit-chg" "\
13938 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13942 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change
"hilit-chg" "\
13943 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13947 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces
"hilit-chg" "\
13948 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13950 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13951 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13952 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13953 shown in the last face in the list.
13955 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13956 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13957 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13959 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13963 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers
"hilit-chg" "\
13964 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13966 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13968 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13971 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13972 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13974 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13975 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13976 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13978 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil
)
13980 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file
"hilit-chg" "\
13981 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13983 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13984 this function is called interactively.
13986 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13987 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13988 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13990 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13991 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13992 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13994 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil
)
13996 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil
"\
13997 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13998 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13999 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14000 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14001 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
14003 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" nil
)
14005 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
14006 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
14007 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
14008 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
14009 ARG is omitted or nil.
14011 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
14012 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
14013 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
14015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21670 32331 385639
14021 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14022 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions
)
14024 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list
'(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol
) "\
14025 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14026 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14027 or insert functions in this list.")
14029 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list
"hippie-exp" t
)
14031 (autoload 'hippie-expand
"hippie-exp" "\
14032 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14033 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14034 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14035 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14037 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14038 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14039 undoes the expansion.
14043 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function
"hippie-exp" "\
14044 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14045 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14046 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14048 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t
)
14052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21670 32331 385639
14054 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14056 (autoload 'hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
14057 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14058 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14059 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14060 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14062 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14063 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14064 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14065 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14066 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14067 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14069 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14070 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14071 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14072 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14076 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil
"\
14077 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14078 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14079 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14080 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14081 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14083 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" nil
)
14085 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
14086 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14087 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14088 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14089 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14091 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14092 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14095 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14096 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21670 32330
14103 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
14104 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14106 (defvar holiday-general-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -
1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14107 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14108 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14110 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14112 (put 'holiday-general-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14114 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14116 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14118 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14120 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14122 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil
"\
14124 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14126 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14128 (put 'holiday-local-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14130 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil
"\
14131 User defined holidays.
14132 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14134 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14136 (put 'holiday-other-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14138 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14140 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14142 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14144 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14146 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14147 Christian holidays.
14148 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14150 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14152 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14154 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14156 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14158 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14160 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14162 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14164 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14166 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14168 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14170 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts
(format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time
(float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name
))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends
(format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time
(float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name
))))) "\
14171 Sun-related holidays.
14172 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14174 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14176 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14178 (put 'calendar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14180 (autoload 'holidays
"holidays" "\
14181 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14182 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14183 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14187 (autoload 'list-holidays
"holidays" "\
14188 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14189 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14190 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14191 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14193 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14194 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14196 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14197 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14199 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14200 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14201 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14202 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14205 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14207 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil
)
14209 (defalias 'holiday-list
'list-holidays
)
14213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21670 32330
14214 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
14215 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14217 (autoload 'html2text
"html2text" "\
14218 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21794 23865
14225 ;;;;;; 762631 503000))
14226 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14227 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions
)
14229 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer
"htmlfontify" "\
14230 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14231 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14232 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14235 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14236 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14239 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14240 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14242 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14243 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14244 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14246 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil
)
14248 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir
"htmlfontify" "\
14249 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14250 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14252 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14254 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil
)
14258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21670 32331 385639
14260 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14262 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column
"ibuf-macs" "\
14263 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14265 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14266 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14267 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14269 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14270 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14271 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14272 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14273 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14274 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14276 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14277 title of the column.
14279 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14280 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14281 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14282 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14283 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14285 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t
)
14287 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column
'lisp-indent-function
'defun
)
14289 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter
"ibuf-macs" "\
14290 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14291 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14292 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14293 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14295 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14296 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14297 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14299 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t
)
14301 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
14303 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter
'doc-string-elt
'2)
14305 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op
"ibuf-macs" "\
14306 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14307 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14308 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14309 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14310 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14312 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14313 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14314 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14315 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14316 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14317 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14318 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14319 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14321 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14322 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14323 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14324 buffer's modification flag.
14325 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14326 prompted before performing this operation.
14327 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14328 operation is complete, in the form:
14329 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14330 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14331 confirmation message, in the form:
14332 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14333 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14334 macro for exactly what it does.
14336 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t
)
14338 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
14340 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op
'doc-string-elt
'3)
14342 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter
"ibuf-macs" "\
14343 Define a filter named NAME.
14344 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14345 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14346 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14348 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14349 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14350 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14351 bound to the current value of the filter.
14353 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t
)
14355 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
14357 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter
'doc-string-elt
'2)
14361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21799 41767 11212 472000))
14362 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14364 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers
"ibuffer" "\
14365 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14366 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14367 buffers which are visiting a file.
14369 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
14371 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window
"ibuffer" "\
14372 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14373 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14374 buffers which are visiting a file.
14376 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
14378 (autoload 'ibuffer
"ibuffer" "\
14379 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14380 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14382 All arguments are optional.
14383 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14384 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14385 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14386 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14387 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14388 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14389 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14390 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14391 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14392 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14393 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14394 that value locally in this buffer.
14396 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil
)
14400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21795
14401 ;;;;;; 44704 594368 994000))
14402 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14403 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions
)
14405 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file
"icalendar" "\
14406 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14407 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14408 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14410 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
14412 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region
"icalendar" "\
14413 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14414 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14415 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14417 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14418 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14419 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14421 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
14423 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file
"icalendar" "\
14424 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14425 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14426 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14427 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14428 non-marking or not.
14430 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
14432 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer
"icalendar" "\
14433 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14435 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14436 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14439 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14440 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14441 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14443 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14446 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14447 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14448 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14450 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
14454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21670 32331 385639
14456 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14458 (defvar icomplete-mode nil
"\
14459 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14460 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14461 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14462 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14463 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14465 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" nil
)
14467 (autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" "\
14468 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14469 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14470 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14471 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14473 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14474 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14475 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14476 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14478 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14479 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14481 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14484 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14487 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14488 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode
"iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t
)
14489 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14490 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21670 32331 385639
14496 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14498 (autoload 'icon-mode
"icon" "\
14499 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14500 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14501 Tab indents for Icon code.
14502 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14503 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14505 Variables controlling indentation style:
14506 icon-tab-always-indent
14507 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14508 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14510 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14511 inserted in Icon code.
14513 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14514 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14515 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14516 icon-continued-statement-offset
14517 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14518 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14519 icon-continued-brace-offset
14520 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14521 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14523 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14524 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14525 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14526 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14528 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14529 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21826
14536 ;;;;;; 49523 450500 879000))
14537 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14539 (autoload 'idlwave-shell
"idlw-shell" "\
14540 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14541 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14542 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14544 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14545 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14548 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14549 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14551 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14552 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14553 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14555 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14557 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil
)
14561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21670 32331
14562 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
14563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14564 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions
)
14566 (autoload 'idlwave-mode
"idlwave" "\
14567 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14569 The main features of this mode are
14571 1. Indentation and Formatting
14572 --------------------------
14573 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14574 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14576 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14577 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14578 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14579 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14581 Comments are indented as follows:
14583 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14584 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14585 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14587 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14589 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14590 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14591 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14592 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14593 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14594 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14596 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14597 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14598 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14599 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14603 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14604 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14605 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14606 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14607 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14608 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14609 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14610 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14611 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14612 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14617 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14618 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14619 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14620 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14624 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14625 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14626 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14627 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14628 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14631 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14632 --------------------------------
14633 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14634 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14636 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14637 \\fu FUNCTION template
14638 \\c CASE statement template
14639 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14640 \\f FOR loop template
14641 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14642 \\w WHILE loop template
14643 \\i IF statement template
14644 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14647 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14648 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14650 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14651 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14652 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14653 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14655 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14656 -------------------------
14657 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14658 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14660 7. Automatic END completion
14661 ------------------------
14662 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14663 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14667 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14668 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14670 9. Documentation and Customization
14671 -------------------------------
14672 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14673 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14674 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14675 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14676 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14677 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14681 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14682 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14683 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14685 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21767 65327 504606 256000))
14692 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14694 (defvar ido-mode nil
"\
14695 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14696 The following values are possible:
14697 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14699 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14700 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14701 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14703 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14704 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14706 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" nil
)
14708 (autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" "\
14709 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14710 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14711 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14712 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14713 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14714 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14715 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14716 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14720 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer
"ido" "\
14721 Switch to another buffer.
14722 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14723 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14726 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14727 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14728 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14729 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14730 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14732 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14733 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14735 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14737 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14738 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14739 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14740 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14741 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14742 in a separate window.
14743 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14744 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14745 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14746 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14747 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14748 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14749 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14750 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14751 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14755 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window
"ido" "\
14756 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14757 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14758 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14762 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer
"ido" "\
14763 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14764 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14765 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14769 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer
"ido" "\
14771 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14772 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14776 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer
"ido" "\
14777 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14778 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14779 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14783 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
"ido" "\
14784 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14785 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14786 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14790 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir
"ido" "\
14791 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14795 (autoload 'ido-find-file
"ido" "\
14796 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14797 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14798 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14801 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14802 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14803 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14804 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14805 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14806 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14808 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14809 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14811 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14813 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14814 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14815 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14816 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14817 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14818 in a separate window.
14819 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14820 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14821 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14822 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14823 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14824 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14825 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14826 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14827 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14828 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14829 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14830 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14831 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14832 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14833 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14834 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14835 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14836 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14840 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window
"ido" "\
14841 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14842 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14843 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14847 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file
"ido" "\
14848 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14849 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14850 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14854 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only
"ido" "\
14855 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14856 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14857 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14861 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
"ido" "\
14862 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14863 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14864 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14868 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
"ido" "\
14869 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14870 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14871 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14875 (autoload 'ido-display-file
"ido" "\
14876 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14877 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14878 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14882 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame
"ido" "\
14883 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14884 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14885 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14889 (autoload 'ido-write-file
"ido" "\
14890 Write current buffer to a file.
14891 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14892 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14896 (autoload 'ido-insert-file
"ido" "\
14897 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14898 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14899 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14903 (autoload 'ido-dired
"ido" "\
14904 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14905 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14906 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14910 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer
"ido" "\
14911 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14912 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14913 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14914 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14915 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14917 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil
)
14919 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name
"ido" "\
14920 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14921 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14922 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14924 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil
)
14926 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name
"ido" "\
14927 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14928 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14929 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14931 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil
)
14933 (autoload 'ido-completing-read
"ido" "\
14934 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14935 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14936 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14937 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14938 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14939 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14940 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14941 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14942 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14943 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14944 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14945 with point positioned at the end.
14946 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14947 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14949 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil
)
14953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21695 35516 595262 313000))
14954 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14956 (autoload 'ielm
"ielm" "\
14957 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14958 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14959 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
14966 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14968 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode
'iimage-mode
"24.1")
14970 (autoload 'iimage-mode
"iimage" "\
14971 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14972 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14973 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14974 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14975 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
14982 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14984 (autoload 'image-type-from-data
"image" "\
14985 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14986 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14989 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
14991 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer
"image" "\
14992 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14993 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14998 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header
"image" "\
14999 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15000 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15003 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
15005 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name
"image" "\
15006 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15007 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15010 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
15012 (autoload 'image-type
"image" "\
15013 Determine and return image type.
15014 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15015 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15016 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15017 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15018 use its file extension as image type.
15019 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15021 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil
)
15023 (autoload 'image-type-available-p
"image" "\
15024 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15025 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15027 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil
)
15029 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p
"image" "\
15030 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15031 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15033 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15034 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15035 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15036 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15041 (autoload 'create-image
"image" "\
15043 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15044 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15045 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15046 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15047 use its file extension as image type.
15048 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15049 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15050 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15051 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15053 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15055 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15056 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15057 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15059 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil
)
15061 (autoload 'put-image
"image" "\
15062 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15063 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15064 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15065 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15066 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15067 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15068 POS may be an integer or marker.
15069 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15070 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15071 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15072 means display it in the right marginal area.
15074 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil
)
15076 (autoload 'insert-image
"image" "\
15077 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15078 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15079 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15080 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15081 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15082 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15083 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15084 means display it in the right marginal area.
15085 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15086 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15087 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15088 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15089 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15091 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil
)
15093 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image
"image" "\
15094 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15095 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15096 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15097 STRING is a single space.
15098 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15099 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15100 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15101 means display it in the right marginal area.
15102 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15104 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil
)
15106 (autoload 'remove-images
"image" "\
15107 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15108 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15109 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15111 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil
)
15113 (autoload 'find-image
"image" "\
15114 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15116 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15118 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15119 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15120 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15121 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15122 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15123 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15124 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15125 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15128 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15130 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15132 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil
)
15134 (autoload 'defimage
"image" "\
15135 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15137 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15138 documentation string.
15140 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15141 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15142 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15143 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15144 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15145 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15146 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15151 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15152 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15154 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t
)
15156 (function-put 'defimage
'doc-string-elt
'3)
15158 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types
"image" "\
15159 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15160 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15161 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15163 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15164 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15165 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15166 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15168 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21670 32331
15175 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
15176 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15177 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions
)
15179 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
15180 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15181 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15182 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15183 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15184 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15186 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15188 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration
"image-dired" "\
15189 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15191 Convenience command that:
15193 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15194 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15195 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15197 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15198 image files in dired and type
15199 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15201 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15203 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15204 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15206 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15208 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
15209 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15210 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15211 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15212 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15215 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15216 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15217 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15219 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15220 instead of erasing it first.
15222 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15223 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15224 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15225 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15226 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15227 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15229 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil
)
15231 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
"image-dired" "\
15232 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15233 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15234 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15239 (defalias 'image-dired
'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
)
15241 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme
'image-dired
"24.4")
15243 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files
"image-dired" "\
15244 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15248 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag
"image-dired" "\
15249 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15250 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15254 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer
"image-dired" "\
15255 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15259 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
"image-dired" "\
15260 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15261 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15262 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15266 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append
"image-dired" "\
15267 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15271 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb
"image-dired" "\
15272 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15276 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external
"image-dired" "\
15277 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15281 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image
"image-dired" "\
15282 Display current image file.
15283 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15284 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15288 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files
"image-dired" "\
15289 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15293 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files
"image-dired" "\
15294 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15295 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15296 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15297 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15298 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15299 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15303 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags
"image-dired" "\
15304 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15305 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21670 32331 385639
15314 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15316 (defvar image-file-name-extensions
(purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15317 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15318 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15319 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15321 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15322 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15323 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15324 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15326 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions
"image-file" nil
)
15328 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil
"\
15329 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15330 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15331 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15333 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15334 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15335 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15336 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15338 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps
"image-file" nil
)
15340 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp
"image-file" "\
15341 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15345 (autoload 'insert-image-file
"image-file" "\
15346 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15347 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15348 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15350 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil
)
15352 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil
"\
15353 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15354 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15355 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15356 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15357 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15359 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" nil
)
15361 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" "\
15362 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15363 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15364 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15365 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15367 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15368 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15369 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21716 41663 456033
15377 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15379 (autoload 'image-mode
"image-mode" "\
15380 Major mode for image files.
15381 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15382 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15389 (autoload 'image-minor-mode
"image-mode" "\
15390 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15391 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15392 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15393 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15395 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15396 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15401 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text
"image-mode" "\
15402 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15403 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15404 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15405 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15406 to display an image file as the actual image.
15408 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15409 to display an image file as text initially.
15411 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15416 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump
"image-mode" "\
15419 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
15423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
15424 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15426 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil
"\
15427 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15429 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15431 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15432 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15435 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15437 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15438 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15439 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15441 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function
"imenu" t
)
15443 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil
"\
15444 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15445 Each element of this list should have the form
15447 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15449 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15450 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15451 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15453 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15454 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15455 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15456 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15458 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15459 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15461 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15462 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15463 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15466 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15467 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15468 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15470 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15471 create a buffer index.
15473 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15474 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15475 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15476 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15477 (put 'imenu-generic-expression
'risky-local-variable t
)
15479 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression
)
15481 (defvar imenu-create-index-function
'imenu-default-create-index-function
"\
15482 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15484 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15485 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15486 called within a `save-excursion'.
15488 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15490 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function
)
15492 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function
'beginning-of-defun
"\
15493 Function for finding the next index position.
15495 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15496 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15497 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15500 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15501 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15503 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function
)
15505 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil
"\
15506 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15508 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15509 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15510 It should return the name for that index item.")
15512 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function
)
15514 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil
"\
15515 Function to compare string with index item.
15517 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15518 non-nil if they match.
15520 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15521 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15522 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15523 arguments match\".")
15525 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function
)
15527 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function
'imenu-default-goto-function
"\
15528 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15529 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15531 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function
)
15532 (put 'imenu--index-alist
'risky-local-variable t
)
15534 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist
)
15536 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search
)
15538 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar
"imenu" "\
15539 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15540 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15541 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15545 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index
"imenu" "\
15546 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15548 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15552 (autoload 'imenu
"imenu" "\
15553 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15554 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15555 for more information.
15557 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil
)
15561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21670 32331
15562 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
15563 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15565 (autoload 'indian-compose-region
"ind-util" "\
15566 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15568 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15570 (autoload 'indian-compose-string
"ind-util" "\
15573 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
15575 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion
"ind-util" "\
15578 \(fn LEN)" nil nil
)
15580 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
"ind-util" "\
15583 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
15585 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region
"ind-util" "\
15586 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15588 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21670 32331
15593 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
15594 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15596 (autoload 'inferior-lisp
"inf-lisp" "\
15597 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15598 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15600 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15601 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15602 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15603 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15607 (defalias 'run-lisp
'inferior-lisp
)
15611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21822 3243 710497 966000))
15612 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15614 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list
(let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns
) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory
))) (if (file-directory-p dir
) dir
))) configure-info-directory
))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc
(mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx
"info/")) suffixes
))) (prune-directory-list dirs
))) prefixes
))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs
) (nconc standard-info-dirs
(list config-dir
)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs
)))) (if (not (eq system-type
'windows-nt
)) dirs
(let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory
)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir
)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir
))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1
) (append dirs
(list dir1
))) ((file-exists-p dir2
) (append dirs
(list dir2
))) (t dirs
))))) "\
15615 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15616 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15617 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15618 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15619 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15620 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15621 first in this list.
15623 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15624 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15625 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15626 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15627 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15629 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15630 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15631 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize
(quote custom-initialize-delay
) :type
(quote (repeat directory
)) :group
(quote info
))
15633 (autoload 'info-other-window
"info" "\
15634 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15636 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil
)
15637 (put 'info
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
15639 (autoload 'info
"info" "\
15640 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15641 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15642 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15643 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15644 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15645 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15646 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15647 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15648 with the top-level Info directory.
15650 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15651 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15653 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15655 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15656 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15657 in all the directories in that path.
15659 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15661 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil
)
15663 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual
"info" "\
15664 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15668 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug
"info" "\
15669 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15673 (autoload 'info-standalone
"info" "\
15674 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15675 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15676 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15680 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer
"info" "\
15681 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15682 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15683 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15685 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil
)
15687 (autoload 'Info-directory
"info" "\
15688 Go to the Info directory node.
15692 (autoload 'Info-index
"info" "\
15693 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15694 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15695 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15696 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15697 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15699 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil
)
15701 (autoload 'info-apropos
"info" "\
15702 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15703 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15705 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
15707 (autoload 'info-finder
"info" "\
15708 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15709 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15710 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15711 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15713 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil
)
15715 (autoload 'Info-mode
"info" "\
15716 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15717 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15718 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15719 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15721 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15722 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15724 Selecting other nodes:
15725 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15726 Follow a node reference you click on.
15727 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15728 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15729 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15730 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15731 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15732 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15733 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15734 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15735 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15736 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15737 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15738 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15739 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15740 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15741 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15742 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15743 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15744 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15745 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15746 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15748 Moving within a node:
15749 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15750 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15751 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15752 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15753 move up to the parent node.
15754 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15755 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15757 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15760 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15761 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15762 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15763 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15764 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15765 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15766 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15767 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15768 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15769 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15770 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15771 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15772 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15773 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15774 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15775 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15778 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
15780 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
"info" "\
15781 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15782 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15783 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15784 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15785 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15787 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
15788 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
15790 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
"info" "\
15791 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15793 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15794 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15795 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15796 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15800 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser
"info" "\
15801 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15802 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15806 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump
"info" "\
15807 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15808 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15810 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
15812 (autoload 'info-display-manual
"info" "\
15813 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15814 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15815 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
15816 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
15817 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
15819 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil
)
15823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21814 9129 270507
15825 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15827 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset
"info-look" "\
15828 Throw away all cached data.
15829 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15830 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15834 (put 'info-lookup-symbol
'info-file
"emacs")
15836 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol
"info-look" "\
15837 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15838 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15839 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15840 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15841 one found at point.
15843 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15845 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15846 (put 'info-lookup-file
'info-file
"emacs")
15848 (autoload 'info-lookup-file
"info-look" "\
15849 Display the documentation of a file.
15850 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15851 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15852 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15853 The default file name is the one found at point.
15855 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15857 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15859 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol
"info-look" "\
15860 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15862 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15864 (autoload 'info-complete-file
"info-look" "\
15865 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15867 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21670 32331 385639
15873 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15874 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions
)
15876 (autoload 'info-xref-check
"info-xref" "\
15877 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15878 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15879 current info file is the default.
15881 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15882 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15883 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15884 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15885 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15887 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15888 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15889 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15890 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15891 mistake in the reference.
15893 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15894 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15895 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15897 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15898 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15899 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15900 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15902 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
15904 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all
"info-xref" "\
15905 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15906 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15907 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15910 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15911 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15912 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15913 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15914 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15915 should be harmless.
15919 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom
"info-xref" "\
15920 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15921 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15922 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15924 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15925 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15926 and can take a long time.
15930 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings
"info-xref" "\
15931 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15932 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15934 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15936 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15937 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15939 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15940 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15941 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15942 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15945 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15946 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15947 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15948 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15951 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil
)
15955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21670 32331 385639
15957 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15959 (autoload 'Info-tagify
"informat" "\
15960 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15962 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil
)
15964 (defvar Info-split-threshold
262144 "\
15965 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15967 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold
"informat" t
)
15969 (autoload 'Info-split
"informat" "\
15970 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15971 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15972 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15974 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15975 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15976 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15978 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15979 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15980 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15981 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15985 (autoload 'Info-validate
"informat" "\
15986 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15987 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15991 (autoload 'batch-info-validate
"informat" "\
15992 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15993 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15994 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15995 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
16001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (21670 32330
16002 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16003 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
16005 (autoload 'define-inline
"inline" "\
16008 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t
)
16010 (function-put 'define-inline
'lisp-indent-function
'defun
)
16012 (function-put 'define-inline
'doc-string-elt
'3)
16016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21670 32330
16017 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16018 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
16019 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions
)
16021 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs
"inversion" "\
16022 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
16023 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
16025 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil
)
16029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21670
16030 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16031 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16033 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
16034 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16038 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
16039 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16043 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters
"isearch-x" "\
16046 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil
)
16050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21767 65327 504606
16052 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16053 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions
)
16055 (autoload 'isearchb-activate
"isearchb" "\
16056 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16057 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16058 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16059 accessed via isearchb.
16065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21670
16066 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16067 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16069 (autoload 'iso-spanish
"iso-cvt" "\
16070 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16071 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16072 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16073 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16075 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16077 (autoload 'iso-german
"iso-cvt" "\
16078 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16079 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16080 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16081 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16083 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16085 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex
"iso-cvt" "\
16086 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16087 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16088 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16089 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16091 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16093 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
16094 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16095 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16096 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16097 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16099 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16101 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
16102 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16103 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16104 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16105 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16107 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16109 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex
"iso-cvt" "\
16110 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16111 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16112 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16113 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16115 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16117 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden
"iso-cvt" "\
16118 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16119 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16120 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16121 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16123 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16125 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml
"iso-cvt" "\
16126 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16127 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16128 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16130 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16132 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
16133 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16134 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16135 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16137 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16139 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only
"iso-cvt" "\
16140 Warn that format is read-only.
16142 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
16144 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only
"iso-cvt" "\
16145 Warn that format is write-only.
16147 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
16149 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu
"iso-cvt" "\
16150 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16157 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16158 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16159 (define-key key-translation-map
"\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
)
16160 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
"iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t
'keymap
)
16164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21824 5851
16165 ;;;;;; 721914 174000))
16166 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16168 (put 'ispell-check-comments
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (a) (memq a
'(nil t exclusive
))))
16170 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil
"\
16171 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16172 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16173 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16174 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16176 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary
"ispell" t
)
16178 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
16180 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil
"\
16181 Key map for ispell menu.")
16183 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil
"\
16184 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16185 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16186 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16188 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed
(and (not ispell-menu-map
) (not (featurep 'xemacs
)) 'reload
))
16190 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (setq ispell-menu-map
(make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-change-dictionary
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary
:help
,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-kill-ispell
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil
(interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil
'clear
)) :enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-process
) ispell-process
(eq (ispell-process-status) 'run
)) :help
,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-pdict-save
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil
(interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t
)) :help
,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-customize
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil
(interactive) (customize-group 'ispell
)) :help
,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-help
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil
(interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help
)) :help
,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[flyspell-mode
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode
:help
,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button
(:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode
))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word
:help
,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
:help
,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16192 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-continue
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue
:enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-region-end
) (marker-position ispell-region-end
) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end
) (current-buffer))) :help
,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-word
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-comments-and-strings
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16194 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-region
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region
:enable mark-active
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-message
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message
:visible
(eq major-mode
'mail-mode
) :help
,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-buffer
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer
:help
,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map
(symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map
))))
16196 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist
`((ispell-words-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line
) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \
, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \
, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \
, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \
, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16197 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16198 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16199 Valid forms include:
16200 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16201 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16202 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16203 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16205 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists
(purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" .
"\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("program" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16206 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16207 First list is used raw.
16208 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16210 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16211 for skipping in latex mode.")
16213 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists
'(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16214 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16215 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16216 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16217 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16218 (put 'ispell-local-pdict
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
16219 (define-key esc-map
"$" 'ispell-word
)
16221 (autoload 'ispell-word
"ispell" "\
16222 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16223 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16224 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16226 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16227 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16228 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16229 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16230 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16232 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16233 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16235 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16236 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16238 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16239 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16241 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16242 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16245 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16246 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16247 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16248 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16249 quit spell session exited.
16251 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil
)
16253 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save
"ispell" "\
16254 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16255 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16257 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil
)
16259 (autoload 'ispell-help
"ispell" "\
16260 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16264 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16265 SPC: Accept word this time.
16266 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16267 `a': Accept word for this session.
16268 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16269 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16270 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16271 `?': Show these commands.
16272 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16273 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16274 the aborted check to be completed later.
16275 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16276 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16277 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16278 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16279 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16280 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16281 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16285 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell
"ispell" "\
16286 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16287 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16288 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16290 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil
)
16292 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary
"ispell" "\
16293 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16294 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16295 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16297 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16299 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil
)
16301 (autoload 'ispell-region
"ispell" "\
16302 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16303 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16304 amount for last line processed.
16306 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil
)
16308 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings
"ispell" "\
16309 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16313 (autoload 'ispell-buffer
"ispell" "\
16314 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16318 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug
"ispell" "\
16319 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16320 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16322 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil
)
16324 (autoload 'ispell-continue
"ispell" "\
16325 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16329 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word
"ispell" "\
16330 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16331 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16332 sequence inside of a word.
16334 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16336 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil
)
16338 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
"ispell" "\
16339 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16343 (autoload 'ispell
"ispell" "\
16344 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16345 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16346 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16348 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16349 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16350 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16351 available on the net.
16355 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode
"ispell" "\
16356 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16357 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16358 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16359 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16361 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16362 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16365 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16366 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16369 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16370 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
16374 (autoload 'ispell-message
"ispell" "\
16375 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16376 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16377 Don't check included messages.
16379 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16380 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16381 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16383 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16385 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16386 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16387 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16388 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16390 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16391 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16392 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21670
16399 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16400 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16402 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal
"japan-util" "\
16407 (autoload 'japanese-katakana
"japan-util" "\
16408 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16409 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16410 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16411 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16412 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16413 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16414 necessary to represent OBJ.
16416 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil
)
16418 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana
"japan-util" "\
16419 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16420 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16421 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16423 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
16425 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku
"japan-util" "\
16426 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16427 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16428 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16429 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16431 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil
)
16433 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku
"japan-util" "\
16434 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16435 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16436 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16438 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
16440 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region
"japan-util" "\
16441 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16442 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16443 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16445 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil
)
16447 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region
"japan-util" "\
16448 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16450 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
16452 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region
"japan-util" "\
16453 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16454 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16455 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16456 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16458 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil
)
16460 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region
"japan-util" "\
16461 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16462 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16463 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16464 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16466 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil
)
16468 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string
"japan-util" "\
16469 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16470 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16472 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil
)
16476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21670 32331 385639
16478 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16480 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil
"\
16481 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16482 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16483 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16485 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler
"jka-compr" "\
16488 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
16490 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall
"jka-compr" "\
16491 Uninstall jka-compr.
16492 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16493 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16494 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21790 26797 438891
16502 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16503 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions
)
16505 (autoload 'js-mode
"js" "\
16506 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16509 (defalias 'javascript-mode
'js-mode
)
16511 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist
(cons (purecopy name
) 'js-mode
)))
16515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21779 56495 106033 935000))
16516 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16517 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions
)
16521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21670 32330
16522 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16523 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16525 (defvar keypad-setup nil
"\
16526 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16527 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16528 decimal key must be specified.")
16530 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16532 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil
"\
16533 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16534 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16535 decimal key must be specified.")
16537 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16539 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil
"\
16540 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16541 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16542 decimal key must be specified.")
16544 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16546 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil
"\
16547 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16548 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16549 decimal key must be specified.")
16551 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16553 (autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" "\
16554 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16555 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16556 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16557 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16561 -------------------------------------------------------------
16562 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16563 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16564 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16565 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16566 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16567 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16568 in the global and local keymaps.
16570 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16571 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16573 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil
)
16577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21670
16578 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16579 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16581 (autoload 'kinsoku
"kinsoku" "\
16582 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16583 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16585 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16586 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16587 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16588 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16591 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16592 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16593 the context of text formatting.
16595 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil
)
16599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21670 32331 385639
16601 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16603 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil
"\
16604 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16605 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16606 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16607 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16608 positions that contains the current selection.")
16610 (autoload 'kkc-region
"kkc" "\
16611 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16612 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16613 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16614 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16615 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16616 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16618 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
16622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16623 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16624 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro
)
16625 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro
)
16626 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro
)
16627 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16628 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16629 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16630 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16632 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16633 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16634 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16636 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16638 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16639 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16640 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16641 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16642 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16644 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16646 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16647 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16648 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16650 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16651 defining the macro.
16653 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16654 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16655 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16657 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16658 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16662 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16663 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16664 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16665 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16666 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16669 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16670 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16671 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16675 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16676 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16677 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16678 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16680 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16681 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16682 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16683 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16685 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16686 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16688 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16690 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16691 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16692 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16694 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16697 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16698 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16700 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16701 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16702 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16704 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16705 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16709 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16710 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16711 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16712 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16714 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16716 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16717 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16718 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16719 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16721 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16722 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16724 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16726 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16727 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16728 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16730 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21670
16735 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16736 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16738 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16739 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16740 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16742 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21670 32331
16750 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
16751 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16752 (push (purecopy '(landmark 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
16754 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16756 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16757 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16761 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16762 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16763 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16764 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16766 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16767 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16768 none / 1 | yes | no
16773 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16774 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16775 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21670 32331
16782 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
16783 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16785 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16788 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16790 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16791 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16792 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16793 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16794 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16795 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16797 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16798 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16800 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16802 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16803 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16805 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16807 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16810 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16812 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16815 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21670
16820 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16821 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16823 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16824 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16825 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16826 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16828 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16830 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16831 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16832 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16834 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16836 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16837 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16838 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16842 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16843 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16844 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16845 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16847 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16852 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16853 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16855 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16856 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16857 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16858 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16859 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16860 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16861 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16862 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16864 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16865 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16867 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16868 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16870 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16872 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16873 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16874 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16875 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16876 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16877 `latin1-display-setup'.
16879 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16881 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16882 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16883 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16884 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16886 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16887 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16889 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21670
16894 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16895 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16897 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16898 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "let-alist.el" (21670 32331 385639
16906 ;;; Generated autoloads from let-alist.el
16907 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16909 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
16910 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
16911 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
16912 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
16914 For instance, the following code
16917 (if (and .title .body)
16922 essentially expands to
16924 (let ((.title (cdr (assq 'title alist)))
16925 (.body (cdr (assq 'body alist)))
16926 (.site (cdr (assq 'site alist)))
16927 (.site.contents (cdr (assq 'contents (cdr (assq 'site alist))))))
16928 (if (and .title .body)
16933 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
16934 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
16935 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
16936 displayed in the example above.
16938 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
16940 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
16944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16945 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16947 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16948 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16949 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16950 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16951 generations (this defaults to 1).
16953 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16958 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16959 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16961 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16962 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16963 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16964 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16965 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16967 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16971 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16972 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16973 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16974 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16975 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16976 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16978 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16980 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16981 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16982 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16983 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16984 ARG is omitted or nil.
16986 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16987 `linum-on' would do it.
16988 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16990 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21670 32331 385639
16996 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16998 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16999 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17000 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17001 is nil, raise an error.
17003 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17004 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17005 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17006 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17007 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17008 defined by the library.
17010 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17011 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17012 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17013 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17014 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17017 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17018 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17019 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17020 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17022 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17027 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17029 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
17030 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17031 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17033 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17035 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17036 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17037 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17038 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17040 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17041 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17042 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17043 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17044 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17045 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17048 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17049 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17051 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17052 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17054 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17055 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17057 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17059 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17060 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17061 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17062 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17063 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17064 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17065 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17066 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17067 to constrain a big search.
17069 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17071 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17072 except that FILTER is not optional.
17074 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21800 62630 983381
17080 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17082 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17083 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17084 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17085 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17086 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17087 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17088 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17089 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17090 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17091 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17093 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17094 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17096 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17097 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17098 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17099 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17100 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17102 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17103 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17104 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17106 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21814 9129 450497
17112 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17114 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17115 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17122 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17124 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17125 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17127 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17128 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17130 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17131 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17132 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17134 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17135 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17137 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17138 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17139 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17140 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17141 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17142 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17143 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17145 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17147 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17148 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17149 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17150 switch on this list.
17151 See `lpr-command'.")
17153 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17155 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17156 Name of program for printing a file.
17158 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17159 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17160 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17161 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17162 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17163 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17166 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17168 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17169 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17170 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17171 for customization of the printer command.
17175 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17176 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17178 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17179 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17180 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17181 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17183 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17184 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17186 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17187 for further customization of the printer command.
17191 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17192 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17193 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17194 for customization of the printer command.
17196 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17198 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17199 Paginate and print the region contents.
17201 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17202 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17203 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17204 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17206 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17207 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17209 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17210 for further customization of the printer command.
17212 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21670 32331 385639
17218 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17220 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17221 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17222 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17224 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21670 32330 885624
17230 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17232 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17233 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17234 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17235 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17237 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21670 32331
17242 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17243 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17245 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17246 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17253 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17255 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17256 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17257 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17258 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17259 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17261 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17263 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17264 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17265 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17266 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17267 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17269 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17270 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17271 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17272 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17275 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17276 use this command, and then save the file.
17278 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17280 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17281 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17282 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17283 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17284 each time the macro executes.
17285 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17286 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17287 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17288 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17289 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17290 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17291 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17295 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17296 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17297 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17298 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17300 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17301 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17302 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17305 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17306 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17308 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17309 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17310 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17311 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17312 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17314 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17317 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17318 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17319 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17321 You could enter the names in this format:
17327 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17330 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17333 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17334 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17336 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17337 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21670 32331
17342 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17343 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17345 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17346 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17347 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17348 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17349 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17350 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17352 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17353 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17354 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17355 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17356 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17358 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17359 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17360 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17363 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17365 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17366 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17368 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21670 32331
17373 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17374 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17376 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17377 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17381 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17386 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17387 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17389 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17391 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17392 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17393 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17396 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21670 32331
17403 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17404 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17406 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17407 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17408 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17409 often correct parser.")
17411 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17413 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17414 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17415 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17416 a value which excludes your own email address.
17418 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17419 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17421 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17423 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17424 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17426 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17428 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17429 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17430 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17431 we return it unconverted.
17433 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17434 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17436 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17438 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17439 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17440 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17441 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17443 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17445 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17446 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17447 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17448 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17450 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17452 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17453 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17454 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17455 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17456 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17457 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17458 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17459 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17460 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17463 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17465 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17466 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17467 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17468 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17469 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17470 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17471 matches may be returned from the message body.
17473 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21670 32331
17478 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17479 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17481 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17482 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17483 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17484 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17485 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17486 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17488 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17490 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17491 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17492 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17493 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17494 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17496 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17497 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17498 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17499 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17503 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17504 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17508 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17509 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17510 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17512 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17514 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17515 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17516 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17518 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17519 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17520 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17523 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21670 32331
17528 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17529 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17531 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17532 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17533 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17535 If `parens', they look like:
17536 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17537 If `angles', they look like:
17538 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17540 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17542 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17543 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17544 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17545 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17546 their `Resent-' variants.
17548 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17549 removed from alias expansions.
17551 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17553 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17554 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17555 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17557 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17558 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17559 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17560 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17562 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17564 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17565 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17566 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17570 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17571 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17572 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17573 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17577 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21670 32331
17582 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17583 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17585 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17586 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17587 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17588 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21670
17595 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
17596 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17598 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17599 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17601 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17602 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17603 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17604 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17605 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17606 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17608 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17609 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17610 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17611 dependency, despite the colon.
17613 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17615 In the browser, use the following keys:
17617 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17619 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17621 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17622 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17624 `makefile-target-colon':
17625 The string that gets appended to all target names
17626 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17627 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17629 `makefile-macro-assign':
17630 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17631 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17632 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17633 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17634 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17635 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17637 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17638 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17639 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17641 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17642 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17644 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17645 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17646 up or down in the browser.
17648 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17649 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17651 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17652 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17654 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17655 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17656 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17657 has been selected in the browser.
17659 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17660 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17661 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17662 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17663 filenames are omitted.
17665 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17666 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17667 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17668 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17669 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17670 the backslash itself intact.
17671 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17672 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17674 `makefile-browser-hook':
17675 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17676 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17678 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17679 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17680 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17681 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17685 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17686 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17690 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17691 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17695 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17696 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17700 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17701 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17705 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17706 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21670 32331 385639
17714 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17716 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17717 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17718 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21814 9129 320508 708000))
17725 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17727 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17729 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17730 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17731 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17732 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17733 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17734 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17735 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17736 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17737 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17738 without running the man command.
17740 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17741 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17742 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17747 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17748 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17749 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17750 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17754 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17755 otherwise look like a page name.
17760 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17761 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17762 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17766 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17768 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17769 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17771 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17773 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17774 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17776 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17781 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17782 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17784 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17785 Toggle Master mode.
17786 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17787 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17788 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17790 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17791 using the following commands:
17793 \\{master-mode-map}
17795 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17796 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17797 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21670 32331 385639
17805 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17807 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17808 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17809 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17810 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17811 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17812 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17814 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17816 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17817 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17818 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17819 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17820 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17822 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17823 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17824 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17825 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17832 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17833 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21822 37322 690488
17839 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17841 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17843 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17844 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17845 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17846 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17847 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17848 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17849 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17850 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17851 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17852 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17853 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17854 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17855 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17856 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17857 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17858 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17859 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17860 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17861 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17862 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17863 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17864 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17865 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17866 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17867 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17868 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17869 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17870 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17871 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17872 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17873 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17874 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17875 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17876 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17877 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17878 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17879 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17880 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17884 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17885 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17886 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17887 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17888 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17890 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17892 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17893 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17895 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17897 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17898 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17900 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17902 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17903 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17905 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17907 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17908 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17909 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17911 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17913 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17914 Cancel an article you posted.
17915 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17919 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17920 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17921 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17922 header line with the old Message-ID.
17926 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17927 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17931 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17932 Forward the current message via mail.
17933 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17934 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17936 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17938 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17941 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17943 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17946 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17948 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17949 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17953 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17954 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17956 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17958 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17959 Re-mail the current message.
17960 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17961 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17966 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17967 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17969 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17971 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17972 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17974 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17976 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17977 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17979 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17981 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17982 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17984 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17986 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17987 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17988 Works by overstriking characters.
17989 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17990 which specify the range to operate on.
17992 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17994 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17995 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17996 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17997 which specify the range to operate on.
17999 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21670
18004 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18005 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18006 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18008 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18009 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18013 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18014 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21670 32331
18021 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18022 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18024 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18025 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18026 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18030 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18031 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18032 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18033 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18034 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18035 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18036 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18038 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18040 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18041 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18042 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18043 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18044 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18046 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18047 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18049 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18051 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18052 Process current region through 'metamail'.
18053 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18054 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18055 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18057 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18058 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18060 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21670 32331 385639
18066 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18068 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18069 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18070 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18074 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18075 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18076 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18080 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18081 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18083 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18084 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18085 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18087 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18088 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18090 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18091 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18093 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18095 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18097 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18098 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18099 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18100 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18101 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18104 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18105 initial Subject field, respectively.
18107 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18108 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18111 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18112 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18114 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18116 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18117 Save draft and send message.
18119 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18120 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18121 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18124 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18125 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18126 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18128 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18129 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18130 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18131 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18132 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18133 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18135 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18136 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18138 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18139 message and scan line.
18141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18143 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18144 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18146 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18147 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18148 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18149 delete the draft message.
18155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18156 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18157 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18159 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18161 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18163 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18165 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18166 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21670 32331
18173 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18174 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18176 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18177 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18178 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18180 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18181 the MH mail system.
18183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18185 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18186 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18187 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18189 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18190 the MH mail system.
18192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18194 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18195 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18197 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18198 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18199 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18202 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18203 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18204 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18207 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18211 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18212 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18213 can be used in several ways.
18215 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18216 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18217 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18218 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18222 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18223 The range must be nonempty.
18228 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18229 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18236 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18239 All of the messages.
18241 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18242 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18244 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18245 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18246 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18248 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21822 58098 20521
18256 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18258 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
18259 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
18260 See the command `midnight-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18261 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18262 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18263 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
18265 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
18267 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
18268 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
18270 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18272 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18273 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18274 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18275 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18276 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18277 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18278 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18279 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18280 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18281 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18282 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18286 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18287 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18288 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18289 to its second argument TM.
18291 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21670 32331
18296 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18297 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18299 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18300 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18301 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18302 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18303 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18304 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18306 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18308 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18309 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18310 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18311 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18312 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18314 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18315 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18316 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18317 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18318 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18319 is modified to remove the default indication.
18321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18326 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18328 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18329 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18330 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18331 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18332 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18333 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18334 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18335 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18336 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18340 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18341 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18342 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18343 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18344 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18345 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18346 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18347 The return value is always nil.
18349 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21797 36 720489 297000))
18354 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18355 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18357 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18358 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18360 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18361 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18362 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18365 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18366 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18367 end of the search space).
18369 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18370 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18371 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18372 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18373 should return the previous buffer to search.
18375 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18376 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18377 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18379 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18380 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18381 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18384 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18385 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18386 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18388 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
18389 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
18390 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
18392 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
18393 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
18395 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18396 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18397 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18401 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18402 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18403 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18404 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18405 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18406 whose names match the specified regexp.
18408 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18410 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18411 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18412 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18413 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18414 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18415 whose names match the specified regexp.
18417 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18419 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18420 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18421 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18422 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18423 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18424 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18425 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18427 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18429 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18430 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18431 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18432 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18433 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18434 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18435 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18437 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21670
18442 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18443 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18444 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18446 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18447 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21670 32331
18454 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18455 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18457 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18458 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18460 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21670 32331
18465 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18466 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18468 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18469 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18471 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18473 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18474 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18475 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18476 the entire message.
18477 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18479 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21670 32331
18484 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18487 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18488 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18489 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18490 the entire message.
18491 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18493 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21670 32331 385639
18499 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18501 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18502 Insert file contents of URL.
18503 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18505 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18507 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18508 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18510 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21670 32331 385639
18516 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18518 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18519 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18520 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18521 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18522 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18524 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18526 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18527 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18528 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18530 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21826 49866 790514 606000))
18535 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18537 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18538 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18542 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18543 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18544 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18545 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18546 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18548 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18549 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18550 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18551 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18552 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18553 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18555 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21670 32331 385639
18561 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18563 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18566 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18568 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18571 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21670 32331 385639
18577 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18579 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18582 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18584 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18587 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18589 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18592 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18594 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18597 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18599 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18602 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18604 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18607 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18609 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21670 32330
18617 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
18618 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18620 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21607 54478
18625 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
18626 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18628 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18630 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18631 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18632 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18633 followed by the first character of the construct.
18635 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18636 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18637 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18638 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18639 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18640 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18641 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18642 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18643 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18644 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18645 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18646 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18647 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18650 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18651 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18652 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21670 32331 385639
18660 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18662 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18663 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18665 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18667 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18668 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18670 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18672 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18673 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18675 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18677 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18678 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18680 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21670 32331 385639
18686 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18688 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18689 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18691 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18692 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18693 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18695 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18696 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18697 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18699 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18700 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18702 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18703 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18704 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18705 hemisphere you're in.)
18707 To test this function, evaluate:
18708 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18710 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18712 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18713 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18715 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18716 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18718 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18719 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18720 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18722 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18723 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18725 To test this function, evaluate:
18726 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18728 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18733 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18735 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18736 Main entry point for MPC.
18742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18743 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18745 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18746 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18753 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18755 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18756 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18757 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18758 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18759 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18760 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18762 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18764 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18766 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18767 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18768 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18770 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18771 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21670
18778 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18779 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18781 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18782 Display a list of all character sets.
18784 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18785 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18786 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18787 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18788 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18790 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18791 but still shows the full information.
18795 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18796 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18797 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18799 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18800 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18801 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18802 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18803 meanings of these arguments.
18805 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18807 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18808 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18810 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18812 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18813 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18815 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18817 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18818 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18820 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18822 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18823 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18825 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18826 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18828 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18829 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18830 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18831 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18832 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18833 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18834 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18835 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18836 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18837 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18838 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18839 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18840 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18841 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18842 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18843 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18847 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18848 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18852 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18853 Display a list of all coding systems.
18854 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18856 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18857 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18861 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18862 Display a list of all coding categories.
18866 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18867 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18868 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18870 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18872 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18873 Display information about FONTSET.
18874 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18876 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18878 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18879 Display a list of all fontsets.
18880 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18881 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18882 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18886 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18887 Display information about all input methods.
18891 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18892 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18894 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18895 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18896 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18897 system which uses fontsets).
18901 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18902 Show log of font listing and opening.
18903 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18904 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18906 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21670
18911 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18912 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18914 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18915 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18917 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18918 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18920 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18921 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18923 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18925 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18926 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18927 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18928 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18929 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18930 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18931 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18933 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18934 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18935 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18936 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18937 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18938 middle of a character in STR.
18940 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18941 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18943 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18944 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18945 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18946 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18947 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
18949 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18951 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18952 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18954 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18955 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18956 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18958 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18959 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18960 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18962 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18963 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18964 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18966 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18967 longer than KEYSEQ.
18968 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18970 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18972 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18973 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18974 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18975 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18976 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18977 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18978 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18979 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18980 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18981 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18982 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18984 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18986 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18987 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18989 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18991 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18992 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18994 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18996 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18997 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18999 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19001 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
19002 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
19004 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19006 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
19007 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
19008 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
19009 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
19010 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
19012 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
19013 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
19015 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
19016 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19017 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19018 coding systems ordered by priority.
19020 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
19022 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
19024 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19025 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19026 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19027 language environment LANG-ENV.
19029 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19031 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19032 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19033 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19034 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
19035 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
19036 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
19038 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21826 50071
19043 ;;;;;; 80489 638000))
19044 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19046 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
19047 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
19051 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
19052 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19056 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19057 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19061 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19062 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19066 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19067 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19071 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19072 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19074 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19076 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19078 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19079 `ping-program-options'.
19083 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19084 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19088 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19089 Run nslookup program.
19093 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19094 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19098 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19103 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19108 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19109 Finger USER on HOST.
19111 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19113 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19114 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19115 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19116 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19118 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19120 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19125 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19126 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19128 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19130 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19131 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19133 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21670 32331 385639
19139 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19141 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19142 Return a user name/password pair.
19143 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19144 listed in the PORTS list.
19146 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21716
19151 ;;;;;; 41663 456033 27000))
19152 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19154 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19155 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19156 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19157 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19158 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19161 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19163 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19164 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19165 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19166 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19167 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19168 a port number to connect to.
19170 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19173 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19175 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19176 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19177 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19178 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19179 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19180 an unencrypted connection.
19181 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19182 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19183 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19184 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19185 returned object is a killed process.
19186 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19187 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19188 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19190 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19191 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19192 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19193 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19194 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19195 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19196 or nil if none could be found.
19197 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19198 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19200 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19202 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19203 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19204 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19206 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19207 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19208 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19210 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19211 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19212 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19214 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19215 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19216 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19217 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19219 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19220 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19222 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19223 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19224 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19225 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19226 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19227 or STARTTLS connections.
19229 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19230 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19232 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19233 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19235 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19236 a greeting from the server.
19238 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19239 asynchronously, if possible.
19241 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19243 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21670
19248 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19249 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19251 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19252 Check whether newsticker is running.
19253 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19254 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19258 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19259 Start the newsticker.
19260 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19261 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19262 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19263 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19265 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19270 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19271 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19273 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19274 Start newsticker plainview.
19280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21670
19281 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19282 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19284 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19285 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21670
19292 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19293 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19295 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19296 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19297 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19298 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19303 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19304 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19305 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21670
19313 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19314 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19316 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19317 Start newsticker treeview.
19323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21670 32331 385639
19325 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19327 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19328 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19330 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21670 32331 385639
19336 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19338 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19339 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19340 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19341 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19342 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19343 symbol in the alist.
19345 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21670 32331
19350 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19351 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19353 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19354 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19355 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19362 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19364 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19365 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19367 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19372 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19374 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19376 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19377 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19378 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19380 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19383 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19385 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19386 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19387 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19388 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19389 to future sessions.
19391 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19393 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19394 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19395 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19396 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19399 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21670
19404 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
19405 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19407 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19408 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19410 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19411 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19412 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19419 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19420 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21670 32331
19425 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19426 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19428 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19429 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19430 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19431 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19433 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21670 32331
19438 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19439 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19441 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19442 Major mode for editing XML.
19444 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19445 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19446 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19447 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19448 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19449 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19450 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19452 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19454 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19455 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19457 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19458 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19459 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19460 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19463 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19464 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19465 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19466 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19467 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19468 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19470 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19471 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19472 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19474 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19475 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19476 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19478 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19479 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19480 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19481 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19482 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19483 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19484 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19485 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19486 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19488 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19490 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19491 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19494 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21670 32331
19499 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19500 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19502 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19503 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19504 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19505 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21695 35516
19512 ;;;;;; 595262 313000))
19513 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19515 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19516 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19518 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19519 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19520 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19521 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19523 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19526 \\{octave-mode-map}
19530 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19531 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19532 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19534 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19536 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19537 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19539 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19540 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19541 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19545 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21670 32331
19550 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19551 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19553 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19555 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19556 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19557 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19558 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19559 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19561 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19565 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19566 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19567 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19568 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19569 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19570 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19571 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19572 Directories to search when finding external units.
19573 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19574 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19578 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19579 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21814 9129 360494 26000))
19586 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19588 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19589 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19591 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19593 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19594 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19595 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19596 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19597 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19598 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19600 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19602 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19603 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19604 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19605 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19606 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19608 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19610 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19611 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19615 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19616 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19620 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19621 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19622 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19624 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19625 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19626 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19627 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19628 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19629 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19630 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19631 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19632 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19633 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19635 The following commands are available:
19641 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19642 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19644 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19645 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19646 in special contexts.
19648 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19649 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19650 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19651 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19652 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19653 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19654 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19655 properties in the buffer.
19656 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19657 including any drawers.
19659 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19661 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19662 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19663 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19664 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19665 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19666 and zoom in further.
19667 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19668 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19670 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19671 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19672 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19673 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19674 times right after creating a new headline.
19676 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19677 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19678 is negative, go up that many levels.
19680 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19681 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19682 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19684 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19685 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19686 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19687 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19691 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19692 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19693 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19694 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19697 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19699 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19700 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19701 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19702 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19703 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19704 defined by Org-mode).
19706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19708 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19709 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19713 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19714 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19718 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19719 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19720 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19721 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19724 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19726 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19727 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19728 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19729 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19731 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19732 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19733 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19735 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19736 part of Org's core.
19738 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19743 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19744 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19745 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19749 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19750 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19751 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19756 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19757 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19759 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19761 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19762 Switch between Org buffers.
19763 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19764 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19766 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19767 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19771 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19773 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19775 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19776 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19777 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19778 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19782 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19783 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19785 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19787 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19788 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19789 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19793 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19794 Reload all org lisp files.
19795 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19797 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19799 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19800 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21670 32331
19807 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19808 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19810 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19811 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19815 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19816 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19817 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19818 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19820 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19821 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19822 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19823 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19824 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19825 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19826 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19827 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19828 e Export views to associated files.
19829 s Search entries for keywords.
19830 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19831 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19832 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19833 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19834 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19835 > Remove a previous restriction.
19836 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19837 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19838 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19840 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19841 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19842 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19844 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19845 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19846 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19847 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19850 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19852 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19853 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19854 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19855 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19856 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19857 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19858 before running the agenda command.
19860 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19862 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19863 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19864 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19865 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19866 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19867 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19868 before running the agenda command.
19870 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19871 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19873 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19875 category The category of the item
19876 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19877 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19878 todo selected in TODO match
19879 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19880 diary imported from diary
19881 deadline a deadline on given date
19882 scheduled scheduled on given date
19883 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19884 closed entry was closed on given date
19885 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19886 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19887 block entry has date block including g. date
19888 todo The todo keyword, if any
19889 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19890 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19891 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19892 extra Sting with extra planning info
19893 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19894 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19895 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19897 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19899 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19900 Store agenda views.
19902 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19904 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19905 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19907 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19909 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19910 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19911 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19912 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19914 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19915 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19916 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19918 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19919 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19921 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19922 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19924 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19926 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19927 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19929 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19930 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19931 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19932 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19935 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19936 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19937 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19938 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19939 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19940 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19942 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19943 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19944 including newlines.
19946 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19947 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19948 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19949 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19950 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19951 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19952 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19954 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19955 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19956 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19957 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19959 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19960 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19961 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19962 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19963 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19964 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19965 Boolean search must match as full words.
19967 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19968 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19970 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19972 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19973 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19974 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19975 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19976 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19977 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19981 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19982 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19983 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19985 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19987 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19988 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19989 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19990 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19991 `org-stuck-projects'.
19993 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19995 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19996 Return diary information from org files.
19997 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19998 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19999 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20000 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20001 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20003 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20005 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20007 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20008 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20012 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
20013 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
20014 So the example above may also be written as
20016 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20018 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20019 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20020 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20022 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20024 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20025 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20027 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20029 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
20030 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
20031 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
20032 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
20033 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
20035 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
20037 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20038 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20039 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20043 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20044 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20045 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20048 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20049 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20051 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20052 for filtering entries out.
20054 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20055 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20056 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20058 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20059 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20061 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20062 (category \"Work\"))
20064 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20065 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20067 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20068 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
20069 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
20070 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20071 details and examples.
20073 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20074 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20076 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21670 32331
20081 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20082 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20084 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20085 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20087 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20089 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20091 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20092 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20093 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20094 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20095 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20096 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20098 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20099 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20100 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20103 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20105 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20106 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20109 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20110 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20111 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20112 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20114 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20116 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20117 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21670 32331
20124 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20125 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20127 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20128 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20132 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20137 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20138 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20139 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20141 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20143 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20144 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20146 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20148 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20149 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20151 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20153 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20154 Write the column view table.
20155 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20157 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20158 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20159 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20160 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20161 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20162 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20163 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20164 using `org-id-find'.
20165 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20166 a hline before each level <= that number.
20167 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20168 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20170 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20171 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20173 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20175 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20176 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20180 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20181 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21670 32331
20188 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20189 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20191 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20192 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21670 32331 385639
20200 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20202 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20203 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21607 54478
20210 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
20211 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20213 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20214 The release version of org-mode.
20215 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20219 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20220 The Git version of org-mode.
20221 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21720 38720 956749
20229 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20230 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20231 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20233 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20234 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20235 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20236 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20238 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20239 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20240 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20241 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20243 \\{outline-mode-map}
20244 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20245 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20246 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20247 are used when point is on a heading line.
20249 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20250 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20251 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20253 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20254 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20258 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20259 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20260 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20261 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20262 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20264 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20267 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21826 49900
20272 ;;;;;; 450489 321000))
20273 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20274 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20276 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20277 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20278 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20279 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20280 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20282 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20283 activate the package system at any time.")
20285 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20287 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20288 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20289 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20290 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20291 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
20294 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20296 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20297 Import keys from FILE.
20299 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20301 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20302 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
20303 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
20304 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
20305 and make them available for download.
20306 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
20307 downloads in the background.
20309 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
20311 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20312 Install the package PKG.
20313 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20314 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20316 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20317 `package-selected-packages'.
20318 If ASYNC is non-nil, perform the downloads asynchronously.
20319 If CALLBACK is non-nil, call it with no arguments once the
20320 entire operation is done.
20322 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20323 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20325 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT ASYNC CALLBACK)" t nil)
20327 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20328 Install a package from the current buffer.
20329 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20330 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20331 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20333 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20334 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20335 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20337 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20341 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20342 Install a package from a file.
20343 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20347 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
20348 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20349 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20353 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20354 Reinstall package PKG.
20355 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20360 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20361 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20363 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20364 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20369 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20370 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20372 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20374 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20375 Display a list of packages.
20376 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20377 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20378 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20380 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20382 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
20387 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20389 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20390 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20391 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20392 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20393 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20394 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20396 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20398 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20399 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20400 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20401 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20402 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20404 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20405 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20406 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21670
20413 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
20414 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20415 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20417 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20418 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20419 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20420 unknown are returned as nil.
20422 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21670 32331
20427 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20428 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20430 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20431 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20432 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20434 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20435 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20437 Other useful functions are:
20439 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20440 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20441 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20442 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20443 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20444 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20445 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20446 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20447 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20449 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20451 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20452 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20453 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20454 Indentation for case statements.
20455 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20456 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20458 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20459 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20460 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20461 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20462 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20463 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20464 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20465 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20466 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20467 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20469 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20470 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21670
20477 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
20478 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20480 (defvar password-cache t "\
20481 Whether to cache passwords.")
20483 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20485 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20486 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20487 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20489 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20491 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20492 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20494 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21804 59688
20499 ;;;;;; 164807 902000))
20500 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20502 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20503 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20504 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20506 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20507 _ matches anything.
20508 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20509 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20510 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20511 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20512 'VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL
20513 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20514 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20515 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20516 (app FUN UPAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches UPAT.
20517 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20518 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20520 FUN can take the form
20521 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20522 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20523 which is the value being matched.
20524 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to one of the form (FUN).
20525 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20526 FUN is assumed to be pure, i.e. it can be dropped if its result is not used,
20527 and two identical calls can be merged into one.
20528 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20529 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20530 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20532 Additional patterns can be defined via `pcase-defmacro'.
20533 Currently, the following patterns are provided this way:
20535 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20537 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20539 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20540 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20542 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20544 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20546 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20547 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a UPattern.
20548 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
20549 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
20550 variable name being but a special case of it).
20552 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20554 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20556 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20558 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20559 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20560 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20561 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20563 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20565 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20567 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20568 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20569 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20570 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20572 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20574 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20576 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
20579 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
20581 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20583 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20584 Define a pcase UPattern macro.
20586 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20588 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20590 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21670 32331 385639
20596 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20598 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20599 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21670 32331 385639
20607 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20609 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20610 Completion for `gzip'.
20614 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20615 Completion for `bzip2'.
20619 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20620 Completion for GNU `make'.
20624 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20625 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20629 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21670 32331
20634 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20635 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20637 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20638 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20642 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20643 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20647 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20648 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21670 32331 385639
20656 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20658 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20659 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21791 47660 796747
20667 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20669 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20670 Completion for `cd'.
20674 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20676 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20677 Completion for `rmdir'.
20681 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20682 Completion for `rm'.
20686 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20687 Completion for `xargs'.
20691 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20693 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20694 Completion for `which'.
20698 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20699 Completion for the `chown' command.
20703 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20704 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20708 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20709 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20713 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20714 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20715 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21670 32331 385639
20723 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20725 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20726 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20730 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20731 Completion for the `ack' command.
20732 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20737 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20739 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20740 Completion for the `ag' command.
20746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21688 62278 418203
20748 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20750 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20751 Support extensible programmable completion.
20752 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20753 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20755 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20757 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20758 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20762 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20763 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20764 This will modify the current buffer.
20768 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20769 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20773 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20774 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20775 This will modify the current buffer.
20779 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20780 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20784 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20785 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20789 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20790 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20791 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20792 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20793 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20795 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20797 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20798 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
20805 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20807 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20808 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20809 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20810 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20812 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20814 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20816 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20817 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20818 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20819 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20820 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20821 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20824 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20826 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20827 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20828 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20829 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20830 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20831 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20832 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20833 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20835 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20837 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20838 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20839 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20840 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20841 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20842 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20843 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20846 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20848 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20849 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20850 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20851 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20852 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20853 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20854 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20856 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20858 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20859 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20860 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20862 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20864 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20865 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20866 A value of nil means never do it.
20867 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20868 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20869 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20871 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20873 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20874 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20875 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21670 32331
20880 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
20881 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20883 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20884 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21670
20889 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
20890 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20891 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20892 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20893 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20894 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20895 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20896 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20898 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20899 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20900 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20901 Tab indents for Perl code.
20902 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20903 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20904 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20906 Variables controlling indentation style:
20907 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20908 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20909 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20910 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20911 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20912 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20913 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20915 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20916 `perl-indent-level'
20917 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20918 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20919 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20920 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20921 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20922 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20923 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20924 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20925 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20926 `perl-brace-offset'
20927 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20928 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20929 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20930 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20931 `perl-label-offset'
20932 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20933 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20934 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20936 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20937 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20938 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20939 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20940 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20941 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20942 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20944 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21670 32331
20951 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
20952 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20954 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20955 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20956 \\<picture-mode-map>
20957 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20958 afterwards settable by these commands:
20960 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20961 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20962 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20963 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20965 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20966 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20967 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20968 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20970 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20971 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20972 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20973 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20975 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20976 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20977 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20978 with these commands:
20980 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20981 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20982 Move to column following last
20983 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20984 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20985 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20986 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20987 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20988 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20990 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20992 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20993 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20994 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20995 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20996 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20997 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20999 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21000 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21001 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
21002 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21003 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21004 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21005 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21007 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21008 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21009 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21010 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21011 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21012 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21013 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21014 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21016 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21017 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21018 by supplying an argument.
21020 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21022 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21023 they are not by default assigned to keys.
21027 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21786 29744 368212
21033 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
21035 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
21036 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21038 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21040 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
21041 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
21047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21670 32331 885635
21049 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21051 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21052 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21053 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21055 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
21060 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21062 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21063 Play pong and waste time.
21064 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21065 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21067 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
21076 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21078 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21079 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21080 Use streaming commands.
21082 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21670 32330 885624
21088 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21090 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21091 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21092 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21093 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21095 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21097 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21098 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21102 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21103 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21104 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21105 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21106 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21108 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21110 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21111 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21112 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21114 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21116 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21117 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21119 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21121 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21122 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21123 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21124 Ignores leading comment characters.
21128 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21129 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21130 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21131 Ignores leading comment characters.
21137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21670 32331 385639
21139 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21140 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21142 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21143 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21145 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21147 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21149 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21151 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21152 Preview directory using ghostview.
21154 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21155 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21156 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21157 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21159 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21160 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21161 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21162 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21163 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21166 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21168 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21170 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21171 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21173 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21174 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21175 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21176 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21178 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21179 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21180 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21181 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21182 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21185 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21187 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21189 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21190 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21192 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21193 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21194 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21195 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21197 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21198 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21199 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21200 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21201 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21204 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21206 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21208 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21209 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21211 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21213 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21214 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21215 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21216 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21218 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21219 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21220 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21221 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21222 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21225 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21227 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21229 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21230 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21232 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21233 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21234 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21236 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21237 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21238 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21239 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21241 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21243 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21244 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21246 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21247 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21248 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21250 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21251 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21252 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21253 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21255 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21257 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21258 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21260 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21261 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21262 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21264 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21265 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21266 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21267 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21269 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21271 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21272 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21274 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21276 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21277 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21278 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21280 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21281 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21282 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21283 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21285 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21287 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21288 Preview region using ghostview.
21290 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21292 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21294 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21295 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21297 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21299 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21301 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21302 Print region using PostScript printer.
21304 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21306 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21308 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21309 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21311 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21313 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21315 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21316 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21318 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21320 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21322 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21323 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21325 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21327 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21329 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21330 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21332 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21334 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21336 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21337 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21339 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21341 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21343 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21344 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21345 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21346 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21348 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21351 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21352 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21354 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21356 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21358 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21359 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21360 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21361 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21365 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21366 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21367 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21368 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21372 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21373 Print directory using text printer.
21375 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21378 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21379 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21381 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21383 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21385 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21386 Print buffer using text printer.
21390 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21391 Print region using text printer.
21395 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21396 Print major mode using text printer.
21400 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21401 Preview spooled PostScript.
21403 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21404 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21405 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21407 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21408 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21409 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21411 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21413 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21414 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21416 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21417 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21418 instead of sending it to the printer.
21420 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21421 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21422 image in a file with that name.
21424 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21426 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21427 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21429 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21430 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21431 instead of sending it to the printer.
21433 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21434 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21435 image in a file with that name.
21437 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21439 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21440 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21442 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21443 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21444 instead of sending it to the printer.
21446 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21447 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21448 image in a file with that name.
21450 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21452 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21453 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21455 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21457 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21458 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21460 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21462 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21463 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21465 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21467 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21468 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21470 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21472 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21473 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21475 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21477 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21478 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21480 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21481 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21482 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21483 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21485 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21486 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21487 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21488 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21489 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21490 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21493 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21495 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21496 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21500 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21501 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21503 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21505 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21510 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21511 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21515 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21516 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21520 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21521 Toggle printing with faces.
21525 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21530 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21535 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21538 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21540 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21545 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21550 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21551 Toggle upside-down.
21555 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21556 Toggle line number.
21560 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21561 Toggle zebra stripes.
21565 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21566 Toggle printing header.
21570 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21571 Toggle printing header frame.
21575 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21580 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21581 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21585 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21590 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21591 Customization of the `printing' group.
21593 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21595 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21596 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21598 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21600 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21601 Help for the printing package.
21603 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21605 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21606 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21610 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21611 Interactively select a text printer.
21615 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21616 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21620 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21621 Show current ps-print settings.
21623 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21625 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21626 Show current printing settings.
21628 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21630 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21631 Show current lpr settings.
21633 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21635 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21636 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21638 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21639 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21640 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21641 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21644 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21646 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21647 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21648 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21650 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21651 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21652 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21653 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21654 current active printer.
21656 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21657 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21658 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21661 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21662 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21663 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21664 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21665 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21668 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21669 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21671 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21673 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21674 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21675 be done using the new current active printer.
21677 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21678 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21681 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21682 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21683 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21684 instead of sending it to the printer.
21686 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21687 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21690 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21693 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21696 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21698 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21699 Fast fire function for text printing.
21701 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21702 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21703 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21704 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21706 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21707 user for a new active text printer.
21709 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21711 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21713 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21714 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21717 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21719 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21722 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
21727 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21729 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21730 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21731 \\<proced-mode-map>
21732 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21733 the process information.
21735 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21737 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21670 32331 385639
21746 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21748 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21749 Start/restart profilers.
21750 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21751 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21752 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21756 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21757 Open profile FILENAME.
21759 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21761 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21762 Open profile FILENAME.
21764 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21766 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21767 Open profile FILENAME.
21769 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21670 32331
21774 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
21775 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21777 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21778 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21780 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21781 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21783 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21785 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21786 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21789 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21793 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21794 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21795 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21799 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21800 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21801 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
21808 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21810 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21811 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21812 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21814 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21670 32331
21819 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
21820 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21821 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21823 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21824 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21826 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21828 The following variables hold user options, and can
21829 be set through the `customize' command:
21832 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21833 `ps-mode-print-function'
21835 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21839 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21842 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21848 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21849 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21850 The keymap for this second window is:
21852 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21855 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21856 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21857 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21858 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21859 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21670 32624 385626
21867 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21868 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21870 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21871 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21872 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21874 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21876 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21877 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21878 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21879 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21881 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21883 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21884 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21888 nil Do not print colors.
21892 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21893 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21895 Any other value is treated as t.")
21897 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21899 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21900 Customization of ps-print group.
21904 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21905 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21907 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21908 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21909 sending it to the printer.
21911 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21912 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21913 image in a file with that name.
21915 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21917 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21918 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21919 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21920 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21921 so it has a way to determine color values.
21923 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21925 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21926 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21927 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21929 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21931 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21932 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21933 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21934 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21935 so it has a way to determine color values.
21937 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21939 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21940 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21941 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21942 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21944 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21948 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21949 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21950 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21951 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21952 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21954 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21958 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21959 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21960 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21962 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21964 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21966 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21967 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21968 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21969 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21970 so it has a way to determine color values.
21972 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21974 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21976 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21977 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21979 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21980 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21981 instead of sending it to the printer.
21983 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21984 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21985 image in a file with that name.
21987 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21989 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21990 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21991 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21992 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21993 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21997 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21998 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21999 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22001 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22003 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22004 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22005 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22007 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22009 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22010 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22014 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22015 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22017 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22018 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22020 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22021 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22023 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22025 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22027 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22029 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22030 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22032 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22033 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22035 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22036 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22038 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22040 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22042 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22044 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22045 foreground and background colors respectively.
22047 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22048 bold - use bold font.
22049 italic - use italic font.
22050 underline - put a line under text.
22051 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22052 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22053 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22054 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22055 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22057 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22059 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21670 32330 885624
22065 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
22066 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21826 300 630487
22072 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22073 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 5)) package--builtin-versions)
22075 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
22077 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
22079 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22080 Run an inferior Python process.
22082 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
22083 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
22084 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
22085 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
22086 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22088 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
22089 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
22090 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
22091 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
22093 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22094 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22095 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22097 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22099 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22100 Major mode for editing Python files.
22102 \\{python-mode-map}
22108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
22109 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22111 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22112 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22113 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22116 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22117 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22119 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22120 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22121 them into characters should be done separately.
22123 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21761 26543
22128 ;;;;;; 734945 674000))
22129 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22131 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22132 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22136 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22137 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22138 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22140 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22141 `quail-activate', which see.
22143 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22145 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22146 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22147 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22148 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22149 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22150 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22151 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22153 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22154 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22155 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22156 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22157 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22159 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22161 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22162 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22163 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22164 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22165 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22166 list of candidates.
22168 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22169 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22170 command to be called.
22172 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22173 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22174 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22175 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22177 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22178 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22179 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22180 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22181 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22184 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22185 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22186 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22187 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22189 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22190 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22191 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22192 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22193 defines no translations for single character keys.
22195 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22196 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22197 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22198 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22199 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22200 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22202 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22203 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22204 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22205 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22206 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22207 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22209 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22210 covers Quail translation region.
22212 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22213 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22214 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22215 for it) is inserted.
22217 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22218 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22219 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22221 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22222 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22223 non-Quail commands.
22225 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22227 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22228 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22230 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22231 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22232 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22233 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22234 you type is correctly handled.
22236 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22238 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22239 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22241 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22244 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22246 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22247 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22248 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22249 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22250 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22251 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22252 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22253 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22254 for the translation.
22255 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22257 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22258 it is used to handle KEY.
22260 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22261 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22262 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22263 the following annotation types are supported.
22265 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22266 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22268 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22271 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22272 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22273 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22276 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22277 generated for the following translations.
22279 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22281 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22282 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22284 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22285 which to install MAP.
22287 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22289 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22291 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22292 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22294 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22295 which to install MAP.
22297 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22299 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22301 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22302 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22303 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22304 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22305 a function, or a cons.
22306 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22307 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22308 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22309 for the translation.
22310 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22311 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22312 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22313 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22314 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22316 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22317 it is used to handle KEY.
22319 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22320 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22321 current Quail package.
22323 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22324 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22326 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22328 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22329 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22331 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22332 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22334 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22336 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22337 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22339 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22341 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22342 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22343 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22344 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22345 of the Emacs source tree.
22347 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22348 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22350 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22351 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22354 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21770
22359 ;;;;;; 41522 196747 399000))
22360 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22362 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22363 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22364 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22365 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22367 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22372 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
22373 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22375 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22376 Activate UCS input method.
22377 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22379 While this input method is active, the variable
22380 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22382 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21670 32331 385639
22388 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22390 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22391 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22392 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22393 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22395 To make use of this do something like:
22397 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22399 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22401 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22402 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22404 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22405 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22406 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22408 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22410 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22411 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22413 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22415 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22416 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22418 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22421 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22423 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22424 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22426 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22427 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22428 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22430 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22432 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22433 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22435 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22437 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22438 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22442 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22443 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22445 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22447 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22451 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22452 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21826 300 570503 812000))
22459 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22461 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22462 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22464 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22466 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22470 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22472 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22475 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22477 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22478 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22479 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22480 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22481 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22482 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22484 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22486 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22487 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22488 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22489 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22490 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21670
22497 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
22498 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22500 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22502 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22503 Construct a regexp interactively.
22504 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22505 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22506 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22508 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22509 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21670 32331 885635
22517 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22519 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22520 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22521 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22522 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22523 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22524 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22526 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22528 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22529 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22530 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22531 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22532 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22534 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22535 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22536 were operated on recently.
22538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21803 38823 44085 519000))
22543 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22545 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22546 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22547 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22548 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22551 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22552 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22555 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22557 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22558 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22559 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22561 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22562 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22565 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22567 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22568 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22569 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22571 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22573 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22574 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22576 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22577 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22579 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22582 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22583 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22584 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22585 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22588 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22590 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22591 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22593 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22595 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22596 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22600 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22601 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22602 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22603 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22604 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22605 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22606 and point is at the lower right corner.
22608 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22610 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22611 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22613 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22614 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22616 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22617 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22618 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22620 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22622 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22624 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22625 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22626 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22627 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22628 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22630 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22631 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22633 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22635 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22636 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22637 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22639 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22641 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22643 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22645 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22646 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22648 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22649 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22650 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22652 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22654 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22655 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22656 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22658 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22659 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22660 rectangle which were empty.
22662 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22664 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22665 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22667 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22668 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22669 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22670 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22672 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22674 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22675 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22676 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21670 32331
22683 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
22684 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22686 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22687 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22688 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22689 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22690 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22692 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22693 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22694 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22697 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21823 24169
22704 ;;;;;; 100485 529000))
22705 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22706 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22707 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22708 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22709 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22711 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22712 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22716 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22717 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22719 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22720 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22722 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22723 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22724 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22727 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22728 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22729 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22731 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22732 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22733 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22735 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22736 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22738 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22739 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22741 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22742 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22745 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22749 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22750 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22751 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21743
22758 ;;;;;; 190 195328 729000))
22759 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22760 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22761 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22762 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22763 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21670
22768 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
22769 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22771 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22772 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22773 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22774 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22775 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22776 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22778 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22779 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22781 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22783 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22784 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22786 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22788 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22789 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22790 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22791 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22793 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21670 32330 885624
22799 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22800 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21670 32331
22805 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
22806 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22807 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22809 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22810 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22811 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22812 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22814 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22816 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22818 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22819 Call `remember' in another frame.
22821 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22823 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22824 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22825 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22829 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22830 Extract diary entries from the region.
22834 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22835 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22836 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22837 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22839 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22841 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22842 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22843 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22846 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22848 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22851 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22852 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22853 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22855 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
22860 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22861 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22863 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22864 Repeat most recently executed command.
22865 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22866 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22867 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22869 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22870 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22871 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22872 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22874 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22875 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22876 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22878 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21670 32331
22883 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
22884 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22886 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22887 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22889 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22890 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22891 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22892 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22893 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22894 and point is left after the salutation.
22896 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22897 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22898 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22899 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22900 left after that text.
22902 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22905 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22906 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22907 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22908 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22910 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21670 32331 885635
22916 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22918 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22919 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22920 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22921 visibility of comments that precede it.
22922 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22923 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22924 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22925 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22926 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22927 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22928 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22929 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22931 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22932 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22933 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22934 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22935 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
22942 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22944 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22945 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22946 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22947 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22948 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22950 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22951 reveals invisible text around point.
22953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22955 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22956 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22957 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22958 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22959 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22960 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22962 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22964 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22965 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22966 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22968 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22969 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22970 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21670 32330 885624
22978 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22980 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22981 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22985 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22986 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22988 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21670 32331 385639
22994 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22996 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22997 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22998 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22999 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23001 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23003 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23004 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23005 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23006 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23008 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23009 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23011 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23012 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23014 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23015 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23018 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23019 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23020 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23021 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23022 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23024 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23025 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23026 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23027 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23029 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23030 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23033 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21824 45139 490498
23039 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23041 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23042 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23044 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23046 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23048 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23049 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23050 Its name should end with a slash.")
23052 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23053 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23055 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23056 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23057 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23059 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23061 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23062 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23063 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23064 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23065 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23066 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23067 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23069 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23070 sent by you under different user names.
23071 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23073 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23075 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23077 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23079 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23080 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23081 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23084 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23086 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23087 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23088 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23089 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23090 which normally happens once for each message,
23091 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23092 To make a change in this variable take effect
23093 for a message that you have already viewed,
23094 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23096 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23098 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23099 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23100 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23101 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23103 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23105 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23106 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23108 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23110 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23111 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23112 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23114 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23116 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23117 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23118 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23119 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23120 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23121 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23123 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23125 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23126 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23128 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23130 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23131 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23133 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23135 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23136 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23138 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23139 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23141 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23143 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23144 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23146 This is set to nil by default.")
23148 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23149 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23150 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23151 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23152 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23153 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23154 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23156 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23157 Read and edit incoming mail.
23158 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23159 file in RMAIL Mode.
23160 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23162 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23163 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23164 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23165 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23167 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23169 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23171 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23172 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23173 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23174 Instead, these commands are available:
23176 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23177 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23178 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23179 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23180 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23181 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23182 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23183 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23184 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23185 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23186 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23187 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23188 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23189 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23190 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23191 till a deleted message is found.
23192 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23193 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23194 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23195 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23196 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23197 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23198 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23199 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23200 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23201 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23202 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23203 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23204 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23205 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23206 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23207 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23208 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23209 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23210 (label defaults to last one specified).
23211 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23212 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23213 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23214 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23215 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23216 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23217 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23218 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23219 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23223 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23224 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23226 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23228 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23229 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23231 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21670 32331
23236 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23237 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23238 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23240 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23241 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23242 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23243 case it writes Babyl.
23245 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23246 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23247 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23248 `rmail-default-file'.
23250 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23251 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23252 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23254 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23255 the header display is currently pruned.
23257 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23258 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23259 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23260 messages after output.
23262 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23263 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23264 message (if writing a file directly).
23266 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23267 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23269 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23271 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23272 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23273 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23274 i) the header is output as currently seen
23275 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23276 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23278 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23279 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23280 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23282 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23284 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23285 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23286 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23287 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23288 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23289 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23290 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23292 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23293 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23294 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23296 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21670 32331
23301 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23302 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23304 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23305 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23308 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21670 32331
23313 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23314 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23316 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23317 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23318 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23319 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21670 32331
23326 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23327 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23329 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23330 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23332 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23333 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23334 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23335 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23336 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23337 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23338 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23339 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23340 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23341 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23343 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23344 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23345 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23346 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23347 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23348 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23349 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23350 to use for finding the schema.
23352 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21670 32331 385639
23358 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23360 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23362 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23363 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23364 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23365 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23366 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23367 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23368 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23369 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23370 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23371 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23372 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23373 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23374 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23375 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23376 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23377 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23380 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (21824 5851
23385 ;;;;;; 711914 99000))
23386 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23388 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23389 Define a robin package.
23391 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23392 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23393 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23394 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23396 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23397 one replaces the old one.
23399 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23401 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23402 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23404 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23405 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23406 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23408 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23410 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23411 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23413 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
23418 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23420 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23421 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23423 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23425 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23426 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23428 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23430 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23431 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23433 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23435 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23436 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23437 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23439 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23440 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23443 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23447 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23448 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21670 32331 885635
23456 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23457 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23459 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23460 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23463 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23464 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23471 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23472 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23473 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23474 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23475 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23477 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23478 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23479 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21814
23486 ;;;;;; 9129 410518 16000))
23487 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23488 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23490 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23491 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23497 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23499 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21670 32331 885635
23505 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23506 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23508 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23509 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23510 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23512 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23513 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23514 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23515 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23516 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23518 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21807 35879 352666
23524 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23526 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23527 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23528 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23529 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23531 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23533 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23534 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23535 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23537 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23538 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23539 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23541 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23545 matches string STRING literally.
23548 matches character CHAR literally.
23550 `not-newline', `nonl'
23551 matches any character except a newline.
23554 matches any character
23559 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23560 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23561 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23563 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23564 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23565 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23566 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23568 `(not (any SET ...))'
23569 matches any character not in SET ...
23571 `line-start', `bol'
23572 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23573 in the text being matched
23576 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23578 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23579 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23580 string being matched against.
23582 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23583 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23584 string being matched against.
23587 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23588 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23591 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23592 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23595 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23597 `word-start', `bow'
23598 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23601 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23604 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23607 `(not word-boundary)'
23608 `not-word-boundary'
23609 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23613 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23616 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23618 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23619 matches 0 through 9.
23622 matches ASCII control characters.
23624 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23625 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23628 matches space and tab only.
23631 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
23632 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
23633 unassigned by Unicode.
23635 `printing', `print'
23636 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
23638 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23639 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
23640 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23642 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23643 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
23644 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23647 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23650 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23652 `lower', `lower-case'
23653 matches anything lower-case.
23655 `upper', `upper-case'
23656 matches anything upper-case.
23658 `punctuation', `punct'
23659 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23660 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23662 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23663 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23666 matches anything that has word syntax.
23669 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23672 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23673 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23674 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23676 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23677 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23680 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23681 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23682 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23683 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23684 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23686 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23687 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23688 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23689 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23690 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23692 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23693 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23695 `(category CATEGORY)'
23696 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23697 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23699 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23700 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23701 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23702 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23706 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23707 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23708 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23709 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23710 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23711 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23712 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23713 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23714 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23715 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23716 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23717 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23718 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23719 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23728 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23732 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23734 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23739 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23740 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23742 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23743 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23744 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23745 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23746 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23748 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23749 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23750 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23751 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23753 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23754 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23755 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23758 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23759 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23760 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23761 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23762 regular expression.
23764 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23765 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23766 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23767 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23768 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23770 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23771 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23773 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23774 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23776 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23778 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23781 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23782 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23785 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23786 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23788 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23790 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23793 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23796 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23798 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23799 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23801 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23804 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23807 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23811 matches N occurrences.
23814 matches N or more occurrences.
23816 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23817 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23818 matches N to M occurrences.
23821 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23824 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23828 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23830 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21670 32331
23835 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23836 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23837 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21670 32331 885635
23843 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23844 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23846 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23847 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23848 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23849 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23850 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23851 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23853 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23855 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23856 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23857 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23858 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23859 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23861 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23862 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23863 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23864 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23866 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23867 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23868 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (21822 58098 20521
23876 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
23878 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
23879 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
23880 See the command `save-place-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23881 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23882 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23883 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
23885 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
23887 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
23888 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
23889 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
23890 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
23892 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21670 32331
23897 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23898 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23900 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23901 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23902 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23904 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23905 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23906 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23907 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23908 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23909 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23910 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23911 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23914 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23915 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23916 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23920 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23921 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23922 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23925 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23926 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23927 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23928 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23929 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23930 that variable's value is a string.
23936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21670 32331
23937 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23938 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23940 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23941 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23942 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23944 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21670 32331 885635
23952 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23954 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23955 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23956 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23957 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23958 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23959 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23961 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23963 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23964 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23965 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23966 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23967 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23969 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23970 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21670 32331
23977 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
23978 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23980 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23981 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23982 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23983 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23984 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23985 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23986 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23987 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21824 44973 380509
23995 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23996 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23997 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21679 47292
24002 ;;;;;; 556033 759000))
24003 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24004 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
24006 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24007 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24008 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24010 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24011 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24012 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24013 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24014 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24015 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24016 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24017 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24018 keybinding for tag names.
24019 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
24020 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
24021 of the symbol under point.
24022 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
24023 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
24024 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
24025 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
24026 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
24028 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
24030 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24032 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24033 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24034 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24035 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24036 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24037 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24039 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24041 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24042 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
24043 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
24044 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24045 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24047 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24048 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24049 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24050 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24053 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
24060 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
24061 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24063 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24064 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
24071 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
24072 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24074 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24075 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21786 29744
24082 ;;;;;; 368212 633000))
24083 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24085 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24086 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24088 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24090 If `parens', they look like:
24091 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24092 If `angles', they look like:
24093 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24095 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24096 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24098 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24100 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24101 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24102 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24103 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24105 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24106 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24107 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24108 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24110 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24112 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24113 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24114 This is done when the message is initialized,
24115 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24117 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24119 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24120 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24121 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24123 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24125 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24126 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24127 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24128 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24129 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24130 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24131 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24133 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24135 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24136 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24138 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24140 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24141 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24142 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24145 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24147 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24148 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24149 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24150 when you first send mail.")
24152 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24154 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24155 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24156 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24157 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24158 This file need not actually exist.")
24160 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24162 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24163 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24165 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24167 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24168 Alist of mail address aliases,
24169 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24170 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24171 can specify a different file name.)
24172 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24173 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24175 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24176 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24177 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24179 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24181 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24182 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24183 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24185 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24187 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24188 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24189 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24190 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24191 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24192 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24193 in the cited portion of the message.
24195 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24196 instead of no action.")
24198 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24200 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24201 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24202 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24203 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24204 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24206 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24208 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24209 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24210 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24211 If a string, that string is inserted.
24212 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24213 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24214 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24215 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24217 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24219 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24220 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24222 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24224 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24225 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24226 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24228 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24229 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24231 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24233 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24234 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24235 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24236 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24238 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24240 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24241 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24242 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24246 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24248 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24251 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24253 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24254 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24255 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24257 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24258 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24260 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24261 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24262 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24263 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24264 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24265 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24266 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24267 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24268 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24269 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24270 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24271 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24272 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24273 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24277 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24278 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24279 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24280 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24282 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24284 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24285 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24286 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24287 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24288 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24289 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24291 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24292 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24293 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24295 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24296 User should not set this variable manually,
24297 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24298 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24299 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24301 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24302 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24303 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24304 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24306 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24307 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24310 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24312 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24313 to move to message header fields:
24316 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24317 when the message is initialized.
24319 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24320 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24322 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24325 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24326 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24328 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24329 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24330 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24331 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24332 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24333 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24334 buffer without erasing the contents.
24336 The second through fifth arguments,
24337 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24338 the initial contents of those header fields.
24339 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24340 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24341 original message being replied to, or else an action
24342 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24343 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24344 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24345 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24346 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24347 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24349 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24351 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24352 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24354 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24356 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24357 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24359 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (21822 58098 20521
24365 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24366 (push (purecopy '(seq 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
24370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21818 36774 564783 146000))
24371 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24373 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24375 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24377 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24379 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24380 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24381 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24382 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24383 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24384 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24386 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24387 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24389 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24390 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24391 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24393 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24396 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24398 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24399 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24400 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24401 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24403 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24405 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24406 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24407 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24408 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24409 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24410 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24412 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24414 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24415 Toggle Server mode.
24416 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24417 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24418 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24420 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24421 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24422 `server-start' for details.
24424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24426 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24427 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24428 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24430 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24431 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24433 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21804 59688 264800 604000))
24438 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24440 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24441 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24443 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24444 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24445 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24446 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24447 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24449 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24450 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24451 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24452 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24453 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24454 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24456 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24459 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24460 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24461 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24463 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24464 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24466 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24467 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24470 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24472 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24473 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24475 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21804
24482 ;;;;;; 59688 284811 0))
24483 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24485 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24486 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24488 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24491 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24492 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24493 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24495 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24498 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24500 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24501 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24506 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24507 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24508 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24509 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24510 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24511 which this is based.
24513 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24515 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24516 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24517 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24518 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24520 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24521 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24522 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24524 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24525 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24526 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24527 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24529 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24530 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24531 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24532 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24534 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24536 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24537 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24538 To work around that, do:
24539 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21814
24548 ;;;;;; 9129 410518 16000))
24549 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24550 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24551 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24553 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24554 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24555 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24556 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24557 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24558 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24560 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24561 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24562 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24563 shell-specific features.
24565 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24566 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24567 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24569 \\[sh-case] case statement
24570 \\[sh-for] for loop
24571 \\[sh-function] function definition
24572 \\[sh-if] if statement
24573 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24574 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24575 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24576 \\[sh-select] select loop
24577 \\[sh-until] until loop
24578 \\[sh-while] while loop
24580 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24581 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24582 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24583 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24584 would indent to the way it currently is.
24585 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24586 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24589 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24590 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24591 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24592 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24593 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24595 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24596 unquoted < insert a here document.
24598 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24599 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24600 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24602 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24603 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24607 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21670 32330
24612 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
24613 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24615 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24616 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24618 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24619 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24620 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24622 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24623 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24624 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24625 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24628 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24630 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24632 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24633 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24634 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24636 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24637 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24639 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24640 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24641 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24642 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24643 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24644 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24645 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24648 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24649 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24650 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24651 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24652 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24654 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24655 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24657 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21670 32331 885635
24663 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24665 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24666 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24667 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24668 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24669 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24670 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24671 sites in the cluster.
24675 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24676 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24677 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24678 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24679 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24683 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24684 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24685 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24686 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24687 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24688 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24689 `shadow-define-cluster').
24693 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24694 Set up file shadowing.
24700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21678 26426 225333 737000))
24701 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24703 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24704 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24705 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24706 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24707 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24710 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24712 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24713 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24714 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24715 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24716 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24718 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24719 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24720 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24721 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24722 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24723 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24724 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24725 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24726 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24727 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24728 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24730 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24731 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24732 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24733 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24734 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24735 `default-process-coding-system'.
24737 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24738 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24739 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24740 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24742 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24744 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21826 49834 1206 441000))
24749 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24751 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24752 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24754 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24756 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24757 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24758 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24759 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24761 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21670 32331 385639
24767 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24769 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24772 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24774 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24777 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24779 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24782 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24784 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24787 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21670 32331
24792 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24793 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24795 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24796 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24797 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24798 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24799 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24801 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21670 32331
24808 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24809 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24811 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24812 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24813 \\{simula-mode-map}
24814 Variables controlling indentation style:
24815 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24816 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24817 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24818 `simula-indent-level'
24819 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24820 `simula-substatement-offset'
24821 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24822 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24823 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24824 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24825 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24826 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24827 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24828 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24829 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24830 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24831 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24832 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24833 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24834 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24835 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24836 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24837 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24838 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24839 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24840 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24841 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24842 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24843 or nil if they should not be changed.
24844 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24845 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24846 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24847 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24849 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24850 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21670 32331 885635
24858 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24860 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24861 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24863 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24864 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24865 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24866 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24868 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24870 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24872 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24874 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24875 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24876 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24877 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24878 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24880 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24881 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24883 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24885 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24886 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24888 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24889 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24890 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24891 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24893 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24894 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24895 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24896 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24898 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24899 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24900 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24902 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24903 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24905 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24906 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24908 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24909 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24911 _ interesting point, interregion here
24912 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24913 interesting point set by _
24914 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24915 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24916 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24917 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24918 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24919 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24922 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24923 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24925 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24926 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24927 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24928 as the first element when at bol.
24930 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24931 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24932 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24933 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24934 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24935 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24936 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24937 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24939 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24940 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24941 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24942 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24943 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24946 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24947 then: insert previously read string once more
24948 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24949 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24950 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24952 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24953 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24955 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24957 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24958 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24960 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24961 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24962 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24963 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24964 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24967 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24968 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24969 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21670 32331
24976 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
24977 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24979 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24980 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24981 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24984 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24986 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24987 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24988 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24989 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24990 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24991 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24995 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24996 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24997 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21670 32331 385639
25005 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25007 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25008 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25009 A list of images is returned.
25011 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25013 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25014 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25015 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25017 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21670 32331
25022 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25023 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25025 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25030 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25031 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21670 32331 385639
25039 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25041 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25042 Play the Snake game.
25043 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25045 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25047 Snake mode keybindings:
25049 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25050 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25051 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25052 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25053 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25054 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25055 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21670 32331
25062 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25063 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25065 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25066 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25067 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25068 Tab indents for C code.
25069 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25070 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25072 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25077 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25078 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25079 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25080 Tab indents for C code.
25081 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25082 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25084 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25085 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21735 6077 666769
25093 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25095 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25096 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25097 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25098 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25099 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25101 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25103 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21670 32331
25108 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25109 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25111 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25114 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25115 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25116 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25117 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25118 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25119 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25120 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25121 check after each move or undo.)
25125 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25126 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25127 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25146 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25147 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25148 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25149 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25151 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25152 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25153 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25156 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25157 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25159 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25175 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25177 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
25184 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25185 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25187 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25188 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25190 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25191 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25192 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25193 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25196 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25197 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25198 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25201 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25202 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25204 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25205 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25206 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25207 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25210 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25211 It should move point to the end of the record.
25213 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25214 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25215 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25216 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25217 starts at the beginning of the record.
25219 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25220 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25223 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25224 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25225 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25226 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25227 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25228 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25229 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25231 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25233 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25234 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25235 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25236 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25237 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25240 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25242 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25243 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25244 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25245 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25246 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25249 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25251 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25252 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25253 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25254 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25255 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25258 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25259 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25261 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25262 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25263 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25264 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25265 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25266 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25267 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25268 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25269 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25271 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25273 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25274 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25275 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25276 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25277 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25278 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25279 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25282 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25284 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25285 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25286 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25287 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25289 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25290 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25292 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25293 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25294 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25295 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25296 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25297 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25298 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25299 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25301 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25303 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25306 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25307 starting with the letter \"f\",
25308 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25310 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25312 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25313 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25314 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25315 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25316 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25317 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25318 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25321 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25322 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25323 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25324 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25325 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25327 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25329 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25330 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25331 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25333 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25335 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25336 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25337 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25338 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25339 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25340 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25341 each repeated line.
25343 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25344 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25345 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25346 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25348 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25349 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25351 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25352 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25354 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
25359 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25361 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25362 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25363 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25364 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25365 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25366 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25368 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21670
25373 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
25374 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25376 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25377 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25379 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25380 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25381 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25383 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25385 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25386 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25387 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25390 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25392 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25393 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25394 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25396 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25398 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25399 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25400 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25401 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25406 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25407 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25408 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25409 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21670 32331 885635
25417 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25419 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25421 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25422 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25423 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25424 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25425 supported at a time.
25426 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25427 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25429 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25431 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25432 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25433 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25434 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21670 32331 385639
25442 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25444 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25445 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25449 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25450 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21765 23600 805241
25458 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25459 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25461 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25462 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25464 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25465 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25466 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25467 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25468 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25469 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25470 of the current highlighting list.
25474 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25475 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25477 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25478 `_t' as data types.
25480 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25482 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25483 Major mode to edit SQL.
25485 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25486 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25487 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25490 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25492 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25493 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25494 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25495 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25496 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25497 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25499 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25500 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25502 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25503 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25504 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25506 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25508 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25512 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25513 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25515 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25518 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25519 is specified in the connection settings.
25521 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25523 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25524 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25526 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25527 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25529 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25530 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25531 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25532 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25534 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25536 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25538 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25539 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25541 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25542 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25545 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25546 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25547 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25548 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25550 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25551 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25553 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25554 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25555 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25558 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25559 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25560 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25561 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25562 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25563 `default-process-coding-system'.
25565 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25567 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25569 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25570 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25572 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25573 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25576 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25577 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25578 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25579 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25581 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25582 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25584 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25585 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25586 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25589 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25590 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25591 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25592 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25593 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25594 `default-process-coding-system'.
25596 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25598 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25600 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25601 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25603 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25604 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25607 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25608 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25610 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25611 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25613 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25614 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25615 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25618 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25619 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25620 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25621 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25622 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25623 `default-process-coding-system'.
25625 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25627 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25629 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25630 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25632 SQLite is free software.
25634 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25635 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25638 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25639 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25640 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25641 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25643 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25644 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25646 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25647 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25648 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25651 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25652 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25653 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25654 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25655 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25656 `default-process-coding-system'.
25658 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25660 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25662 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25663 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25665 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25667 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25668 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25671 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25672 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25673 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25674 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25676 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25677 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25679 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25680 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25681 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25684 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25685 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25686 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25687 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25688 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25689 `default-process-coding-system'.
25691 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25693 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25695 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25696 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25698 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25699 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25702 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25703 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25706 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25707 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25709 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25710 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25711 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25714 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25715 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25716 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25717 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25718 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25719 `default-process-coding-system'.
25721 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25723 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25725 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25726 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25728 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25729 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25732 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25733 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25735 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25736 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25738 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25739 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25740 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25743 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25744 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25745 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25746 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25747 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25748 `default-process-coding-system'.
25750 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25752 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25754 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25755 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25757 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25758 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25761 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25762 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25763 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25764 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25766 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25767 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25769 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25770 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25771 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25774 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25775 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25776 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25777 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25778 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25779 `default-process-coding-system'.
25781 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25783 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25785 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25786 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25788 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25789 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25792 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25793 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25794 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25795 `sql-postgres-options'.
25797 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25798 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25800 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25801 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25802 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25805 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25806 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25807 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25808 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25809 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25810 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25811 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25812 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25814 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25815 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25817 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25819 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25821 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25822 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25824 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25825 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25828 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25829 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25832 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25833 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25835 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25836 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25837 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25840 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25841 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25842 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25843 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25844 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25845 `default-process-coding-system'.
25847 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25849 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25851 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25852 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25854 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25855 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25858 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25861 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25862 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25864 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25865 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25866 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25867 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25869 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25870 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25871 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25874 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25875 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25876 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25877 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25878 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25879 `default-process-coding-system'.
25881 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25883 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25885 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25886 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25888 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25889 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25892 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25893 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25894 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25895 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25898 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25899 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25900 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25901 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25904 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25905 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25907 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25908 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25909 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25912 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25914 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25916 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
25917 Run vsql as an inferior process.
25919 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21670 32330 885624
25925 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25926 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25931 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
25932 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25934 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25935 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25939 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21670 32331
25944 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25945 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25947 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25948 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25949 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25950 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25951 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25952 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25953 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25954 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25955 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25956 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25958 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25959 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25960 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25961 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25963 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21670 32331 885635
25969 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25971 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25972 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25973 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25974 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25975 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25976 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25978 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25980 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25982 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25983 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25984 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25985 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25986 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25987 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25988 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25990 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25992 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25993 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25994 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25995 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25996 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25997 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25998 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26000 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26002 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26003 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26004 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26006 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26008 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26009 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26010 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26012 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26014 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26015 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26017 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26019 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26020 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26024 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26025 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26029 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26030 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26031 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
26033 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26035 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26037 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26038 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26039 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26040 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26041 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26042 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26044 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26046 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26047 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
26048 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
26049 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
26050 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26052 \\<strokes-mode-map>
26053 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26054 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26055 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26056 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26058 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26059 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26060 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26061 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26063 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26065 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26067 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26068 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26069 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26070 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26072 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26074 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26075 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21607 54478 800121
26083 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26085 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26086 Studlify-case the region.
26088 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26090 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26091 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26093 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26095 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26096 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21670 32331
26103 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
26104 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26106 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
26108 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26109 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26110 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26111 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26112 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26114 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26115 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
26116 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26117 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26119 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26120 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26121 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26123 Nomenclature Subwords
26124 ===========================================================
26125 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26126 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26127 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26129 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
26130 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
26132 \\{subword-mode-map}
26134 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26136 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26137 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26138 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26139 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26140 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26141 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26143 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26145 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26146 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26147 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26148 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26149 ARG is omitted or nil.
26151 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26152 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26153 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26157 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26158 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26159 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26160 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26161 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26163 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26164 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26165 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26166 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26168 \\{superword-mode-map}
26170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26172 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26173 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26174 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26175 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26176 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26177 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26179 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26181 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26182 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26183 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26184 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26185 ARG is omitted or nil.
26187 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26188 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26189 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21670 32331
26196 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
26197 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26199 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26200 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26201 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26202 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26203 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26204 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26205 original message but it does require a few things:
26207 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26209 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26212 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26213 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26216 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26218 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26220 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26221 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26222 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21670 32331 885635
26230 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26232 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26234 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26235 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26236 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26237 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26238 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26239 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26241 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26243 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26244 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26245 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26246 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26247 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26249 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26250 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26251 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26253 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
26258 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26260 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26261 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26262 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26265 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26266 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26267 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26269 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26271 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26272 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26273 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26274 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26275 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26278 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26279 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26280 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26282 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21804 59688 284811
26288 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26290 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26291 Insert an editable text table.
26292 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26293 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26294 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26295 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26296 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26297 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26302 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26304 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26309 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26310 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26311 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26312 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26315 +-----+-----+-----+
26317 +-----+-----+-----+
26319 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26321 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26322 width, which results as
26324 +--------------+-----+-----+
26326 +--------------+-----+-----+
26328 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26329 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26331 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26333 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26335 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26336 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26337 width information to `table-insert'.
26339 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26345 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26348 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26349 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26351 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26354 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26356 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26358 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26361 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26364 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26366 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26368 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26371 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26374 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26377 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26378 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26379 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26381 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26384 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26387 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26390 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26392 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26395 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26398 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26399 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26400 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26401 | | |expected results.-!- |
26402 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26405 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26407 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26411 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26413 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26414 Insert N table row(s).
26415 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26416 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26417 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26418 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26422 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26423 Insert N table column(s).
26424 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26425 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26426 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26427 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26431 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26432 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26433 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26435 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26437 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26438 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26439 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26440 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26441 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26442 all the table specific features.
26444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26446 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26451 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26452 Recognize all tables within region.
26453 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26454 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26455 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26458 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26460 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26463 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26465 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26466 Recognize a table at point.
26467 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26468 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26469 the table specific features.
26471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26473 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26478 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26479 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26480 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26481 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26482 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26483 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26484 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26486 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26488 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26493 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26494 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26495 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26496 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26497 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26498 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26501 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26503 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26504 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26505 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26506 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26507 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26508 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26509 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26514 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26515 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26516 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26517 table's rectangle structure.
26519 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26521 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26522 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26523 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26524 table's rectangle structure.
26528 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26529 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26530 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26531 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26532 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26534 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26536 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26537 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26538 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26540 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26541 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26542 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26543 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26544 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26545 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26546 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26548 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26549 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26550 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26551 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26552 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26553 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26554 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26556 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26557 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26558 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26559 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26560 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26561 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26562 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26563 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26565 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26567 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26568 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26569 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26570 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26572 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26574 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26575 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26576 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26578 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26580 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26581 Split current cell vertically.
26582 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26586 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26587 Split current cell horizontally.
26588 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26592 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26593 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26594 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26596 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26598 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26599 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26600 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26601 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26603 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26605 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26606 Justify cell contents.
26607 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26608 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26609 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26610 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26612 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26614 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26615 Justify cells of a row.
26616 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26617 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26619 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26621 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26622 Justify cells of a column.
26623 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26624 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26626 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26628 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26629 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26630 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26631 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26632 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26633 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26634 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26635 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26638 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26640 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26641 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26642 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26643 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26644 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26645 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26646 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26647 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26648 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26649 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26650 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26652 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26654 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26655 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26656 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26657 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26658 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26659 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26660 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26661 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26662 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26663 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26664 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26665 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26668 References used for this implementation:
26671 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26674 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26676 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26677 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26678 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26680 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26682 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26683 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26684 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26685 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26686 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26687 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26688 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26689 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26690 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26691 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26692 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26693 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26694 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26695 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26696 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26697 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26698 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26703 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26704 (table-forward-cell 15)
26705 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26706 (table-forward-cell 16)
26707 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26708 (table-forward-cell 1)
26709 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26712 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26713 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26714 (table-forward-cell 1)
26715 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26717 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26719 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26720 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26721 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26722 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26723 consists from cells of same height.
26727 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26728 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26729 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26730 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26731 column must consists from cells of same width.
26735 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26736 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26737 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26738 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26739 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26740 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26741 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26742 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26743 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26744 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26745 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26746 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26747 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26748 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26749 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26758 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26759 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26760 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26763 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26765 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26767 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26769 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26773 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26774 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26775 of each row is optional.
26780 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26781 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26782 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26783 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26784 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26786 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26787 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26789 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26790 expression and raw delimiter regular
26791 expression, it parses the specified text
26792 area and extracts cell items from
26793 non-table text and then forms a table out
26796 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26797 creates a single cell table. The text in
26798 the specified region is placed in that
26801 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26804 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26805 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26806 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26808 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26809 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26810 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26811 | area and extracts cell items from |
26812 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26815 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26816 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26817 | the specified region is placed in that |
26819 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26821 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26822 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26825 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26826 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26827 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26828 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26829 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26830 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26831 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26832 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26833 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26835 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26836 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26837 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26838 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26840 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26842 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26843 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26844 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26846 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26848 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26849 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26850 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26851 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26852 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
26859 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26861 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26862 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26864 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26866 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26867 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21704 50495 455324
26875 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26877 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26878 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26879 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26880 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26881 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26882 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26883 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26885 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26886 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26887 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26888 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26890 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21670 32331 885635
26899 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26901 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26902 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26903 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26904 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26905 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26906 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26908 Variables controlling indentation style:
26910 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26911 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26912 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26914 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26915 documentation for details):
26916 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26917 Controls action of TAB key.
26919 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26920 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26921 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26922 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26923 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26925 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26926 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26931 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26932 Run inferior Tcl process.
26933 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26934 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26938 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26939 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26940 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26942 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21670 32331 385639
26948 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26950 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26951 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26952 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26953 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26955 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26956 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26957 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26958 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26959 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26961 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26963 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26964 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26965 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26966 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21798 49947 262665 54000))
26973 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26975 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26976 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26977 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26978 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26979 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26980 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26982 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26984 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26985 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26986 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26987 commands to use in that buffer.
26989 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26991 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26993 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26994 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26996 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26998 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26999 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27000 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27001 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27002 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27003 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27004 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27005 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27006 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27007 use in that buffer.
27008 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27010 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21670
27015 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
27016 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27018 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27019 Start coverage on function under point.
27025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21670 32331 385639
27027 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27028 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27030 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27031 Play the Tetris game.
27032 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27033 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27034 as to form complete rows.
27036 tetris-mode keybindings:
27037 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27038 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27039 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27040 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27041 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27042 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27043 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27044 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27045 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21822 3243
27052 ;;;;;; 760493 958000))
27053 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27055 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27056 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27058 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27060 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27061 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27062 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27063 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27064 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27066 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27068 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27069 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27070 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27071 if it matches the first line of the file,
27072 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27074 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27076 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27077 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27078 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27079 if the variable is non-nil.")
27081 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27083 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27084 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27086 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27088 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27089 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27090 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27091 See the documentation of that variable.")
27093 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27095 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27096 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27097 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27098 See the documentation of that variable.")
27100 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27102 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27103 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27104 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27105 See the documentation of that variable.")
27107 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27109 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27110 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27111 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27112 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27113 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27115 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27117 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27118 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27119 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27120 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27122 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27124 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27125 User defined LaTeX block names.
27126 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27128 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27130 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27131 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27132 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27133 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27135 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27137 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27138 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27139 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27140 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27142 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27144 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27145 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27146 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27147 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27149 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27150 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27153 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27154 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27156 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27159 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27161 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27162 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27163 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27164 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27165 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27167 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27169 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27171 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27172 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27173 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27175 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27177 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27178 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27179 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27180 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27181 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27183 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27185 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27186 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27188 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27190 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27191 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27193 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27195 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27196 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27197 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27198 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27199 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27200 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27201 says which mode to use.
27205 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27207 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27209 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27211 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27212 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27213 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27214 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27215 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27217 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27218 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27219 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27220 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27221 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27222 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27223 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27225 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27226 mismatched $'s or braces.
27229 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27233 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27235 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27236 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27237 tex-dvi-print-command
27238 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27239 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27240 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27241 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27242 tex-dvi-view-command
27243 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27244 tex-show-queue-command
27245 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27246 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27248 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27249 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27250 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27254 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27255 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27256 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27257 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27258 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27260 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27261 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27262 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27263 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27264 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27265 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27266 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27268 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27269 mismatched $'s or braces.
27276 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27278 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27279 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27280 tex-dvi-print-command
27281 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27282 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27283 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27284 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27285 tex-dvi-view-command
27286 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27287 tex-show-queue-command
27288 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27289 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27291 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27292 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27293 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27297 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27298 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27299 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27300 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27301 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27303 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27304 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27305 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27306 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27307 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27308 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27309 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27311 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27312 mismatched $'s or braces.
27315 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27319 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27321 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27322 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27323 tex-dvi-print-command
27324 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27325 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27326 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27327 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27328 tex-dvi-view-command
27329 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27330 tex-show-queue-command
27331 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27332 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27334 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27335 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27336 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27337 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27341 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27346 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27347 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21670 32331
27354 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
27355 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27357 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27358 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27359 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27360 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27362 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27363 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27364 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27366 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27368 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27369 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27370 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27371 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27372 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27374 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27376 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27377 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27378 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27379 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27381 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27382 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27383 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27384 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27386 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27387 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27389 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21670 32331
27394 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
27395 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27397 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27398 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27400 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27402 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27403 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27405 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27407 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27408 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27410 It has these extra commands:
27411 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27413 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27414 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27415 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27416 modified version of TeX input format.
27418 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27419 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27420 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27421 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27423 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27424 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27425 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27426 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27427 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27428 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27429 in the Texinfo file.
27431 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27432 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27433 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27434 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27435 move forward past the closing brace.
27437 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27438 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27440 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27441 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27442 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27444 Here are the functions:
27446 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27447 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27448 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27450 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27451 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27452 texinfo-master-menu
27454 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27456 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27457 which menu descriptions are indented.
27459 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27460 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27463 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27464 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27465 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27466 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27468 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27469 be the first node in the file.
27471 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27472 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21670
27479 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
27480 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27482 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27483 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27484 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27485 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27487 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27489 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27490 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27492 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27494 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27495 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27499 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27502 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21670 32331 885635
27508 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27510 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27511 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27512 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27513 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27514 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27515 `line', and `page'.
27517 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27519 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27520 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27521 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27522 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27523 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27524 `line', and `page'.
27526 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27529 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27530 positions of the thing found.
27532 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27534 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27535 Return the THING at point.
27536 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27537 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27538 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27539 `line', `number', and `page'.
27541 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27542 strip text properties from the return value.
27544 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27545 a symbol as a valid THING.
27547 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27549 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27550 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27554 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27555 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27559 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27560 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27564 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27565 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
27572 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27574 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27575 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27579 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27580 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27581 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27582 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27584 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27586 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27587 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27591 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27592 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27596 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27598 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27599 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21670
27606 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
27607 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27609 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27610 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27611 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27615 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27616 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27618 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27620 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27621 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27622 The returned string has no composition information.
27624 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27626 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27627 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27629 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27631 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27632 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27634 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27636 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27637 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27638 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27639 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27641 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27643 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27644 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27645 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27646 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27648 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27650 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27651 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27652 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27656 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27657 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27658 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27662 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27665 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27667 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27670 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27672 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27675 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21695 35516
27680 ;;;;;; 595262 313000))
27681 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27682 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27684 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27685 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27686 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27687 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27689 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27690 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27691 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27693 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27695 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27696 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27697 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27698 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27700 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27701 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27702 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27704 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27706 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
27707 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
27710 * character before point is a space character,
27711 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
27713 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
27714 characters) from before the space character, and
27715 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
27716 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
27720 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
27721 * character before point is a space character, and
27722 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
27723 `tildify-space-string' variable,
27724 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
27726 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
27730 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
27731 Adds electric behaviour to space character.
27733 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
27734 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
27735 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
27736 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
27738 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
27739 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
27740 variable will be set to the representation.
27742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
27747 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27749 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27750 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27752 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27753 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27755 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27756 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27757 This display updates automatically every minute.
27758 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27759 are displayed as well.
27760 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27764 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27765 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27766 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27767 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27768 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27769 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27771 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27773 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27774 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27775 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27776 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27777 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27779 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27780 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27781 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27782 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27783 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27787 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27788 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27789 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27790 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27794 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27795 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27796 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27797 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27799 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27801 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27802 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21670
27809 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
27810 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27812 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27813 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27814 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27816 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27817 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27818 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27819 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27820 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27821 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27823 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27824 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
27826 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27828 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27829 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27831 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27833 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27834 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27835 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27837 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27839 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27840 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
27841 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
27842 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
27844 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27845 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27846 DATE should be a date-time string.
27848 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27850 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27851 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27852 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27854 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27856 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27857 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27859 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27861 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27862 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27864 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27866 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27867 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27868 TIME should be a time value.
27869 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27871 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27873 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27874 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27875 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27877 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27879 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27880 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27881 The valid format specifiers are:
27882 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27883 %d is the number of days.
27884 %h is the number of hours.
27885 %m is the number of minutes.
27886 %s is the number of seconds.
27887 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27888 %% is a literal \"%\".
27890 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27891 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27893 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27894 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27895 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27897 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27898 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27899 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27901 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27903 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27905 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
27906 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
27908 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
27912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21670 32331 885635
27914 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27915 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27916 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27917 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27918 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27919 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27920 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27921 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27922 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27924 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27925 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27926 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27927 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27928 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27929 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27930 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27931 look like one of the following:
27934 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27935 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27936 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27937 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27938 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27939 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27940 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27945 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27946 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27947 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27949 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21670
27954 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
27955 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27956 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27958 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27959 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27960 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27961 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27962 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27963 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27965 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27967 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27968 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27969 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27970 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27971 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27972 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27973 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27974 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27975 display (non-nil means on).
27977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27979 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27980 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27981 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27982 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27983 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27984 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27985 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27986 this function is called within a day.
27988 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27989 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27990 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27991 discover the name of the project.
27993 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27995 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27996 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27997 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27998 begun during the last time segment.
28000 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28001 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28002 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28003 discover the reason.
28005 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28007 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28008 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28009 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28010 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28011 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28013 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28015 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28016 Change to working on a different project.
28017 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28018 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28019 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28022 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28024 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28025 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28026 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28030 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28031 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28032 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28036 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28037 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28038 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28039 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28040 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28041 \"relative to today\".
28043 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28045 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28046 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28047 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28048 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28050 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28052 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28053 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28054 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28055 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28056 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28057 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28059 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
28064 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
28065 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28067 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28068 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28069 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28070 the generated Quail package is saved.
28072 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28074 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28075 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28076 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28077 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28078 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28079 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28080 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28082 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
28087 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28088 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28089 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28091 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28092 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28093 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28094 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28095 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28097 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28098 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28099 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28101 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28103 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28104 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28105 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28106 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28107 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28109 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28111 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28112 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28113 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28114 in the menu in two ways:
28115 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28116 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28117 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28119 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28120 keymap or an alist of alists.
28121 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28122 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28124 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21814
28129 ;;;;;; 9129 220497 835000))
28130 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28132 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28133 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28135 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
28136 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
28137 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
28138 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
28139 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28140 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28141 file was last visited.
28143 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28144 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28145 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28146 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28147 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28148 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28149 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28150 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28151 for the first item.
28153 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28154 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28155 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28156 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28157 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28158 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28159 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28160 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28162 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28163 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28164 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28165 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28166 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28168 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28169 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28171 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28173 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28174 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28180 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28181 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28183 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28187 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28188 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28190 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21670 32331 885635
28198 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28200 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28201 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28202 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28206 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28207 Add an item to the tool bar.
28208 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28209 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28210 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28211 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28213 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28214 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28215 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28216 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28218 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28219 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28221 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28223 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28224 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28225 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28226 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28227 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28228 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28230 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28231 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28232 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28233 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28235 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28237 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28238 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28239 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28240 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28241 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28242 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28243 properties to add to the binding.
28245 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28247 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28248 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28250 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28252 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28253 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28254 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28255 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28256 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28257 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28258 properties to add to the binding.
28260 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28263 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21670 32330 885624
28269 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28271 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28272 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28273 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28274 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28275 to a tcp server on another machine.
28277 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21670 32330
28282 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
28283 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28285 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28286 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28288 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28290 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28291 Helper function to get internal values.
28292 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28294 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28296 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28297 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28298 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28299 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28301 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28302 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28303 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28304 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28305 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28307 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28308 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28309 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28310 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28312 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28314 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28316 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28317 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28318 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28319 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28323 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21766 44463 655319
28329 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28331 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28332 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28333 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28335 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28337 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28338 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28340 It can have the following values:
28342 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28343 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28345 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28347 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28348 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28349 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28350 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28352 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28354 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28355 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28356 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28357 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28359 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28360 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28361 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28362 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28363 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28364 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28365 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28366 files which are not really Tramp files.
28368 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28369 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28370 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28371 updated after changing this variable.
28373 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28375 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28376 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28377 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28378 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28380 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28382 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28383 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28384 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28385 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28387 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28388 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28389 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28391 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28392 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28393 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28394 updated after changing this variable.
28396 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28398 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28399 Alist of completion handler functions.
28400 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28401 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28402 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28404 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28405 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28406 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28407 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28409 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28410 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28411 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28413 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28414 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory "/")) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28416 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28417 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28419 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28421 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28426 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28427 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28429 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28431 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28432 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28434 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28436 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28437 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21670 32331
28444 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
28445 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28447 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21670 32331 885635
28456 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28458 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28459 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28460 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28461 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28462 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28463 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28464 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28465 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28467 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28468 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28469 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28471 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28472 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28475 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (21607 54478
28480 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
28481 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28483 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28486 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21670
28491 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
28492 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28493 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28494 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28495 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28497 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28498 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28499 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28500 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28501 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28502 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28503 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28505 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28507 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28508 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28509 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28510 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28512 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28516 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28517 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28518 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28519 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28520 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28521 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28522 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28524 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28525 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28527 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28530 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28532 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21670 32331 885635
28540 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28542 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28543 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28544 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28545 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28546 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28547 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28549 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28551 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28552 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28553 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28555 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28556 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28557 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28558 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28559 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28560 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28561 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28563 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28564 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28566 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28567 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28568 reset the keystroke counter.
28570 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28571 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28572 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28573 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28575 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28576 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28577 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28578 `type-break-schedule' command.
28580 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28581 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28582 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28583 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28584 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28585 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28586 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28587 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28588 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28590 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28591 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28592 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28593 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28594 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28596 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28597 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28598 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28599 approximate good values for this.
28601 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28602 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28604 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28605 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28606 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28607 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28608 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28609 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28611 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28612 a typing break occur. They include:
28614 `type-break-query-mode'
28615 `type-break-query-function'
28616 `type-break-query-interval'
28618 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28620 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28621 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28622 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28625 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28627 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28628 Take a typing break.
28630 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28631 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28633 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28634 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28638 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28639 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28640 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28641 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28645 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28646 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28648 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28649 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28650 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28651 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28652 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28653 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28654 average typing speed.)
28656 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28657 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28658 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28659 the computed maximum threshold.
28661 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28662 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28663 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28664 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28665 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28667 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
28672 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28674 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28675 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28676 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28677 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28678 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28680 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28685 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
28686 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28688 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28689 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28691 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28693 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28694 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28696 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28698 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28699 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28701 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28703 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28704 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28706 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28708 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28709 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28711 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28713 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28714 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28716 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28718 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28719 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28721 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28723 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28724 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28726 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28728 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28729 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28731 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28733 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28734 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28736 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28738 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28739 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28741 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28743 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28744 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28746 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21670
28751 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
28752 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28754 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28755 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28756 Works by overstriking underscores.
28757 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28758 which specify the range to operate on.
28760 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28762 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28763 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28764 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28765 which specify the range to operate on.
28767 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21670 32331 385639
28773 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28775 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28776 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28777 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28778 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28779 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28780 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28784 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28785 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28786 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28788 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21670 32330
28793 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
28794 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28796 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28797 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28798 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28799 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28801 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
28806 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28808 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28809 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28810 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28811 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28812 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28814 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28815 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28816 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28817 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28818 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28819 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28821 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28822 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28823 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28825 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28826 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28827 the callback is not called).
28829 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28830 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28831 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28834 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28835 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28837 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28838 URL-encoded before it's used.
28840 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28842 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28843 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28844 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28845 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28846 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28848 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21670 32331 885635
28854 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28856 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28857 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28858 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28860 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28861 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28862 `url-generic-parse-url'
28863 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28864 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28865 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28867 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28868 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28869 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28870 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28871 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28872 what type of auth to use
28873 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28874 if one cannot be found in the cache
28876 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28878 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28879 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28881 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28882 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28883 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28884 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28885 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28886 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28887 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28888 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28890 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21670 32331
28895 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
28896 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28898 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28899 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28901 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28903 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28904 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28905 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28907 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28909 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28910 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28912 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21670 32331 885635
28918 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28920 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28923 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21696 56380 925320
28929 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28931 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28932 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28933 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28935 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28937 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28938 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28939 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28940 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28942 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28943 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28944 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28947 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28949 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28950 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28951 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28953 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28955 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28958 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21670 32331 885635
28964 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28966 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28967 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28969 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21670 32331 885635
28975 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28977 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28978 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28982 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28983 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28984 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28985 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28986 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28988 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
28989 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
28991 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
28995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21766
28996 ;;;;;; 44463 655319 936000))
28997 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28999 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29000 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29001 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29002 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29003 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29004 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29006 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29008 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29009 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
29010 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
29011 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29012 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29014 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29016 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29017 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29018 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29019 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29021 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29023 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29024 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29025 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29026 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29027 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29028 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29029 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29030 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29031 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29032 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29034 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29036 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29037 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29038 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29041 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29043 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29046 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21670 32331 885635
29052 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29053 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29055 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29056 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29057 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29058 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29059 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21670 32331 885635
29065 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29067 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29070 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21670 32331 885635
29076 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29078 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29079 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29080 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29081 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29082 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29084 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21670 32331
29089 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29090 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29092 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29095 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29097 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29098 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29100 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21670 32331 885635
29106 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29108 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29109 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29111 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29113 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29114 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29116 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29118 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29121 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29123 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29125 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29127 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29129 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29130 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29132 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21670 32331 885635
29138 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29140 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29143 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29145 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29148 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21670 32331 885635
29154 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29156 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29159 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29161 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29164 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29166 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29169 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29171 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29174 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29176 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29179 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29181 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29184 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29186 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29189 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21670 32331
29194 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29195 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29197 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29198 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29200 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29202 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29203 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29204 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29206 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29207 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29208 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29209 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29210 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29211 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29212 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29213 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29214 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29215 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29216 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29217 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29218 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29219 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29221 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29222 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29223 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29225 Here is an example. The URL
29227 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29233 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29234 HOST = \"example.com\"
29236 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29241 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21670 32331
29246 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29247 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29249 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29250 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21670 32331
29257 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29258 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29260 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29261 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29262 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29263 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29264 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29265 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29267 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (21670 32331
29272 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29273 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29275 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29276 List of URL protocols the work is handled by Tramp.
29277 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29279 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29281 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29282 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29283 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29284 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29286 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21670 32331 885635
29292 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29294 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29295 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29296 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29298 If t, all messages will be logged.
29299 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29300 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29302 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29304 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29307 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29309 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29312 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29314 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29315 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29316 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29317 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29318 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29324 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29326 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29327 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29328 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29330 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29332 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29333 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29334 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29336 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29338 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29339 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29341 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29343 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29344 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29348 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29349 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29353 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29356 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29358 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29361 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29363 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29365 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29366 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29368 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29370 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29371 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29373 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29375 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29378 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29380 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29381 Build a query-string.
29383 Given a QUERY in the form:
29390 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29392 This will return a string
29393 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29394 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29397 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29399 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29400 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29402 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29404 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29405 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29406 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29407 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29408 forbidden in URL encoding.
29410 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29412 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29413 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29414 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29415 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29416 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29417 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29419 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29420 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29421 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29422 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29424 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29426 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29427 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29428 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29429 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29430 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29431 should return it unchanged.
29433 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29435 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29436 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29437 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29438 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29440 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29442 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29443 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29444 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29446 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29448 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29449 View the current document's URL.
29450 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29453 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29455 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21670 32331 885635
29461 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29463 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29464 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29465 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29466 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29467 to refrain from editing the file
29468 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29469 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29470 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29471 in any way you like.
29473 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29475 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29476 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29477 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29478 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29479 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29481 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29482 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21670 32331
29489 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
29490 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29492 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29495 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29497 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29500 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29502 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29505 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29507 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29510 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
29515 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29517 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29518 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29520 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21670 32331
29525 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
29526 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29528 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29529 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29530 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29531 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29533 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29535 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29536 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29537 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29539 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29541 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29542 Uudecode region between START and END.
29543 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29545 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21748 18111 534605 274000))
29550 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29552 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29553 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29556 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29558 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29559 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29560 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29562 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29564 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29565 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29568 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29570 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
29571 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
29573 If FILE is already registered, return the
29574 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
29575 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
29576 responsible for FILE is returned.
29578 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29580 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29581 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29582 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29583 same state. If not, signal an error.
29585 For merging-based version control systems:
29586 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29587 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29588 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29589 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29590 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29591 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29593 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29594 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29595 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29596 the file(s) for editing.
29597 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29598 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29599 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29600 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29601 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29603 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29605 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29606 Register into a version control system.
29607 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29608 Otherwise register the current file.
29609 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29611 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29612 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29613 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29614 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29615 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29616 first backend that could register the file is used.
29618 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29620 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29621 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29623 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29625 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29626 Display diffs between file revisions.
29627 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29628 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29629 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29631 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29634 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29636 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29637 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29638 repository history using ediff.
29640 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29642 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29643 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29644 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29645 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29646 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29648 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29651 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29653 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29654 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29655 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29656 fileset with the working revision.
29657 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29658 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29660 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29663 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29665 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29666 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29667 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29671 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29672 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29673 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29674 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29678 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29679 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29680 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29681 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29685 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29686 Perform a version control merge operation.
29687 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29688 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29689 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29690 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29692 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29693 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29694 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29695 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29696 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29697 changes from the current branch.
29701 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29703 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29704 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29705 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29706 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29707 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29708 checked out in that new branch.
29710 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29712 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29713 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29714 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29715 named branch in the directory DIR.
29716 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29717 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29718 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29719 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29720 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29721 allowed and simply skipped).
29723 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29725 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29726 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29727 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29728 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29729 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29731 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29732 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29734 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29736 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29737 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29738 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29739 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29740 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29742 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29744 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29745 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29746 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29748 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29750 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29751 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29752 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29754 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29756 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
29757 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
29759 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29761 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29762 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29763 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29764 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29768 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29770 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29771 Update the current fileset or branch.
29772 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29773 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29774 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29775 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29777 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29778 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29779 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29780 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29781 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29785 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29787 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29788 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29789 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29790 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29791 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29792 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29793 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29795 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29797 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29798 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29799 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29800 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29801 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29802 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29803 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29804 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29805 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29807 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29809 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29810 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29811 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29812 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29816 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29817 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29818 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29819 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29821 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29823 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29824 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29825 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29828 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29830 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29831 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29832 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29834 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29835 log entries should be gathered.
29837 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29839 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29840 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29842 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21670 32331
29847 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29848 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29850 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29851 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29853 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29854 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29855 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29856 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29857 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29858 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29860 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29861 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29862 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29863 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29864 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29865 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29866 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29867 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29869 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29871 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29873 Customization variables:
29875 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29876 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29877 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29878 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29879 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
29880 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
29882 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21826 49705 100508
29888 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29890 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29891 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29893 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29894 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29895 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29896 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29898 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29899 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21826 49707 480493
29905 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29906 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29907 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29908 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29909 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29910 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29911 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21694 14651 747488
29917 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29919 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29920 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29921 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29922 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29923 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29925 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29926 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29927 The file lines appear later.
29929 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29930 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29932 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29934 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29936 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21800
29941 ;;;;;; 62631 12543 671000))
29942 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29944 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29945 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29946 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29947 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29948 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29949 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29950 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29951 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29952 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29953 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29954 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29955 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29956 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29957 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29958 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29960 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21826 49709 140509
29966 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29967 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29968 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29969 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29971 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29972 (vc-git-registered file))))
29976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21826 49710 734782 20000))
29977 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29978 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29979 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29980 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29982 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29983 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21826 49712 314797
29989 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29991 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29992 Name of the monotone directory.")
29994 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29995 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29996 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29997 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29999 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
30000 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21826 49714 91236
30006 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30008 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30009 Where to look for RCS master files.
30010 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30012 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30014 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21748 18111 534605
30020 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30022 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30023 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30024 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30026 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30028 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30030 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
30031 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30032 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30033 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (21748 18111 534605
30039 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
30041 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
30042 Where to look for SRC master files.
30043 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30045 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
30047 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
30051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21744 21055 525326
30053 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30054 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30055 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30056 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30059 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30060 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30061 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21670
30066 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
30067 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30068 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
30069 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30071 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30072 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30077 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30078 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30079 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30080 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30082 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30083 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30084 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30087 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30088 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30090 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30091 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30093 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30094 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30095 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30097 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30103 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30104 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30106 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30108 Official distribution is at
30109 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30112 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30113 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30125 ;;;;;; (21735 54828 874639 640000))
30126 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30128 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30129 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30130 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30131 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30132 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30134 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30136 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30137 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30139 Supports highlighting.
30141 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30142 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30144 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30146 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30147 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30148 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30149 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30150 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30151 on the left side of your screen.
30152 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30153 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30154 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30155 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30156 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30157 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30159 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30160 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30161 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30162 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30165 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30166 Indentation for case statements.
30167 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30168 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30170 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30171 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30172 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30173 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30174 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30175 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30176 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30177 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30178 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30180 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30184 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30185 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30186 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30187 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30188 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30189 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30190 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30191 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30192 comments in tight quarters.
30193 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30194 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30196 Variables controlling other actions:
30198 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30199 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30200 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30202 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30204 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30206 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30207 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30208 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30210 Some other functions are:
30212 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30213 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30214 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30215 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30216 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30218 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30219 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30220 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30221 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30223 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30224 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30225 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30226 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30227 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30228 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30229 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30230 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30231 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30232 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30233 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30234 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30235 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30236 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30237 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30238 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30239 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30240 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30241 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30242 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30243 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30244 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30245 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30246 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30247 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30248 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30249 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30250 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30251 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30252 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30253 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30255 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30256 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30258 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21799
30265 ;;;;;; 41767 71224 187000))
30266 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30268 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30269 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30274 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30275 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30276 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30277 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30278 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30279 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30280 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30281 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30282 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30284 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30285 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30286 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30287 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30289 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30290 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30291 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30292 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30293 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30295 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30296 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30300 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30301 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30302 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30306 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30307 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30308 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30309 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30311 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30312 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30313 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30314 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30315 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30319 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30320 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30321 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30322 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30324 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30325 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30326 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30327 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30328 beginning with \"std\").
30330 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30331 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30332 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30337 `--' puts a single comment.
30338 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30339 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30340 with a comment in between.
30341 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30342 out following lines.
30343 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30344 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30345 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30346 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30348 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30349 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30350 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30351 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30352 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30355 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30356 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30357 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30358 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30359 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30360 multi-line comments.
30364 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30365 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30366 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30367 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30370 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30371 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30372 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30373 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30375 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30376 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30379 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30380 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30382 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30383 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30388 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30389 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30390 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30391 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30392 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30393 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30394 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30395 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30397 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30398 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30399 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30400 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30401 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30404 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30405 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30406 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30408 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30409 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30413 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30414 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30415 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30416 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30417 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30418 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30421 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30422 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30423 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30424 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30427 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30431 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30432 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30433 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30434 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30435 internal signal initializations (menu).
30437 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30438 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30439 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30441 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30442 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30443 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30444 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30445 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30446 in subsequent paste operations.)
30448 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30449 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30450 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30453 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30454 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30455 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30456 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30457 association list with formals).
30460 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30461 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30462 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30463 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30464 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30465 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30466 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30467 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30472 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30476 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30480 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30481 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30482 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30484 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30485 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30488 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30489 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30490 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30491 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30493 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30494 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30495 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30497 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30498 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30499 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30500 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30502 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30503 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30504 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30505 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30506 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30508 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30509 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30510 required by secondary units.
30513 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30514 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30515 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30516 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30517 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30518 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30519 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30520 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30521 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30522 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30523 inputs to this component -> input port created
30524 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30525 outputs from this component -> output port created
30526 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30527 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30529 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30530 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30531 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30532 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30533 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30535 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30536 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30538 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30539 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30540 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30541 component instantiation is also supported (option
30542 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30544 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30545 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30546 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30547 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30548 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30549 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30550 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30551 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30552 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30553 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30554 generating the configuration.
30556 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30557 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30558 configurations in speedbar.
30560 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30563 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30564 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30565 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30566 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30567 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30568 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30569 information. New compilers can be added.
30571 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30572 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30575 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30576 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30577 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30578 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30579 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30581 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30584 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30585 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30586 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30588 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30589 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30590 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30591 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30592 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30593 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30594 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30595 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30596 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30599 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30600 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30601 not (yet) supported.
30602 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30603 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30604 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30608 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30609 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30610 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30611 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30612 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30613 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30614 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30615 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30617 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30618 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30619 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30620 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30621 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30622 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30623 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30624 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30625 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30626 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30627 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30631 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30632 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30633 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30634 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30635 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30636 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30637 current directory for VHDL source files.
30641 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30642 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30646 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30647 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30648 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30649 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30650 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30651 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30652 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30653 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30656 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30657 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30658 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30659 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30660 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30661 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30662 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30664 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30665 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30666 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30667 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30668 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30669 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30671 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30672 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30673 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30674 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30675 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30678 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30679 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30680 highlighted if written in lower case.
30682 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30683 highlighted using a different background color if option
30684 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30686 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30687 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30688 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30689 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30690 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30694 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30695 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30696 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30700 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30701 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30702 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30703 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30704 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30708 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30709 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30711 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30712 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30713 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30714 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30715 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30716 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30717 (used to obtain the port names).
30718 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30719 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30724 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30725 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30729 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30730 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30731 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30732 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30733 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30734 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30735 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30740 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30741 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30742 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30743 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30744 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30746 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30747 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30748 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30749 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30750 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30753 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30754 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30758 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30759 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30760 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30762 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30766 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30767 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30769 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30771 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30773 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30777 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30783 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30784 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30786 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30788 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30789 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30790 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30791 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30793 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30794 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30795 where the latest version can be found.
30801 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30802 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30803 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30804 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30807 The VHDL Mode Authors
30808 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21670
30820 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
30821 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30823 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30824 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30826 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30828 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30829 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30830 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30831 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30833 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30835 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30836 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30840 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30841 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30842 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30843 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30845 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30847 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30848 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30852 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30855 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30857 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30860 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
30865 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30867 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30868 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30869 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30871 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30873 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30874 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30875 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30876 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30878 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30880 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30881 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30883 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30885 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30886 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30887 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30888 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30889 moving around in the buffer.
30890 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30891 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30893 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30897 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30898 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30899 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30900 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30902 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30903 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30904 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30905 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30906 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30908 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30912 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30913 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30914 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30915 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30918 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30919 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30920 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30921 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30922 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30924 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30928 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30929 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30930 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30931 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30932 moving around in the buffer.
30933 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30934 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30936 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30938 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30939 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30940 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30942 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30943 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30944 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30945 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30947 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30948 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30949 own View-like bindings.
30951 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30953 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30954 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30955 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30956 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30957 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30958 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30959 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30961 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30963 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30965 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30966 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30967 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30969 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30970 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30971 own View-like bindings.
30973 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30975 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30976 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30977 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30978 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30979 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30980 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30981 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30983 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30985 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30987 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30988 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30989 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30991 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30992 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30993 own View-like bindings.
30995 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30997 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30998 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30999 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31000 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31001 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31003 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31004 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31005 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31006 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31010 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31011 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31012 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31013 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31014 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31015 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31016 to a repeat count of one.
31018 H, h, ? This message.
31019 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31020 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31021 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31022 > move to the end of buffer.
31023 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31024 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31025 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31026 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31027 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31028 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31029 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31030 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31031 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31032 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31033 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31034 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31035 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31036 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31037 Use this to view a changing file.
31038 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31039 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31040 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31042 x exchanges point and mark.
31043 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31044 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31045 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31046 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31047 ' go to position saved in character register.
31048 s do forward incremental search.
31049 r do reverse incremental search.
31050 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31051 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31052 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31053 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31054 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31055 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31056 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31057 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31058 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31059 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31060 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31061 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31062 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31063 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31064 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31065 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31066 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31068 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31069 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31070 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31071 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31072 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31073 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31074 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31075 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31076 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31078 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31082 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31083 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31084 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31085 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31086 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31087 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31088 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31089 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31090 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31092 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31094 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31096 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31097 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31098 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31099 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31100 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31101 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31103 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31104 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31105 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31107 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31109 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31111 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31113 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31114 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21670 32330 885624
31122 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31123 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31125 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31126 Toggle Viper on/off.
31127 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31131 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31132 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21670
31139 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
31140 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31142 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31143 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31144 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31145 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31146 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31147 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31148 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31149 the beginning of the warning.")
31151 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31152 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31153 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31154 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31155 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31156 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31157 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31158 also call that function before the next warning.")
31160 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31161 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31163 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31164 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31165 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31166 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31168 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31169 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31170 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31171 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31172 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31173 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31175 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31176 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31177 Default is :warning.
31179 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31180 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31181 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31182 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31183 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31184 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31186 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31187 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31188 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31190 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31192 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31193 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31195 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31197 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31198 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31199 \\<special-mode-map>
31200 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31201 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31203 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31204 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31205 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31206 can be whatever you like.)
31208 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31209 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31211 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31212 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31213 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31214 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31215 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31217 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31219 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31220 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31221 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31222 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31223 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31225 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
31230 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31231 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31233 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31234 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31235 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31236 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31237 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31238 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31239 directories to reflect your edits.
31247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21670 32331 385639
31249 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31251 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31252 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31254 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31257 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21670
31265 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
31266 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31267 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31268 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31270 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31272 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31273 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31274 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31275 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31276 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31277 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31279 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31281 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31282 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31283 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31284 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31285 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31287 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31288 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31289 in certain major modes.
31291 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21670 32331 885635
31297 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31298 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31300 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31301 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31302 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31303 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31304 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31306 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31307 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31311 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31312 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31313 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31314 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31315 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31317 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31318 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31319 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31320 use `whitespace-mode'.
31322 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31326 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31327 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31328 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31329 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31330 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31331 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31333 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31335 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31336 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31337 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31338 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31339 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31341 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31342 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31346 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31347 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31348 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31349 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31350 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31351 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31353 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31355 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31356 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31357 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31358 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31359 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31361 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31362 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31363 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31364 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31366 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31370 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31371 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31373 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31374 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31376 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31377 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31379 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31383 f toggle face visualization
31384 t toggle TAB visualization
31385 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31386 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31387 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31388 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31389 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31390 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31391 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31392 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31393 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31394 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31395 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31396 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31397 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31398 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31399 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31400 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31402 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31403 T toggle TAB visualization
31404 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31405 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31407 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31408 ? display brief help
31410 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31411 The valid symbols are:
31413 face toggle face visualization
31414 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31415 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31416 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31417 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31418 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31419 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31420 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31421 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31422 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31423 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31424 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31425 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31426 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31427 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31428 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31429 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31430 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31432 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31433 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31434 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31436 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31438 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31442 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31443 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31445 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31446 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31448 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31449 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31451 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31455 f toggle face visualization
31456 t toggle TAB visualization
31457 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31458 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31459 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31460 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31461 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31462 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31463 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31464 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31465 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31466 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31467 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31468 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31469 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31470 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31471 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31472 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31474 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31475 T toggle TAB visualization
31476 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31477 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31479 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31480 ? display brief help
31482 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31483 The valid symbols are:
31485 face toggle face visualization
31486 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31487 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31488 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31489 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31490 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31491 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31492 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31493 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31494 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31495 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31496 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31497 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31498 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31499 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31500 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31501 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31502 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31504 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31505 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31506 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31508 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31510 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31514 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31515 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31517 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31518 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31519 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31520 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31521 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31523 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31525 The problems cleaned up are:
31527 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31528 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31529 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31530 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31532 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31533 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31534 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31535 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31537 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31538 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31539 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31540 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31542 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31543 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31544 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31545 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31546 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31547 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31548 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31549 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31551 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31552 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31553 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31555 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31556 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31557 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31558 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31559 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31560 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31561 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31562 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31564 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31569 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31570 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31572 The problems cleaned up are:
31574 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31575 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31576 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31577 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31579 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31580 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31581 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31582 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31584 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31585 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31586 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31587 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31588 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31589 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31590 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31591 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31593 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31594 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31595 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31597 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31598 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31599 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31600 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31601 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31602 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31603 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31604 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31606 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31609 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31611 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31612 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31614 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31616 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31618 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31619 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31621 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31624 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31625 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31626 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31634 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31635 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31638 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31640 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31641 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31642 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31643 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31644 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31645 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31646 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31648 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31649 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31650 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31651 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31652 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31653 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31654 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31656 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31657 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31658 cleaning up these problems.
31660 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21670 32331 885635
31666 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31668 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31669 Browse the widget under point.
31673 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31674 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31676 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31678 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31679 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31681 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31683 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31684 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31685 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31686 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31687 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21816 50862 20497
31695 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31697 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31698 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31700 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31702 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31703 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31704 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31706 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31708 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31709 Create widget of TYPE.
31710 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31712 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31714 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31717 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31719 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31720 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31722 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31724 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31725 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31726 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31727 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31729 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31730 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21733 50750 334730
31738 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31740 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31741 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31742 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31743 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31744 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31745 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31746 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31750 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31751 Select the window above the current one.
31752 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31753 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31754 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31755 negative ARG) of the current window.
31756 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31760 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31761 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31762 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31763 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31764 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31765 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31766 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31770 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31771 Select the window below the current one.
31772 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31773 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31774 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31775 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31776 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31780 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31781 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31782 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31783 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31785 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21733 50750 334730 5000))
31790 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31792 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31793 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31794 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31795 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31796 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31797 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31799 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31801 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31802 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31803 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31804 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31805 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31806 \\{winner-mode-map}
31808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
31813 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31814 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31816 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31817 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31818 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31819 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31820 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31822 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31824 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31825 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31826 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31827 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31828 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31829 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31830 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31831 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31833 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31834 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31836 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31838 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31839 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31843 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31844 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31845 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31846 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31847 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31848 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31849 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31850 `woman' command for further details.
31852 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31854 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31855 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31857 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
31862 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31864 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31865 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31866 Return the top node with all its children.
31867 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31869 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31870 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31871 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31873 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31875 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31876 namespace to URIs instead.
31878 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31879 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31881 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31883 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31885 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31887 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31888 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31889 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31890 not contain well-formed XML.
31892 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31893 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31894 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31895 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31896 element of the list.
31897 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31898 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31899 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31901 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31903 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31904 namespace to URIs instead.
31906 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31907 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31909 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31911 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31913 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21670 32331 385639
31919 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31921 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31922 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31923 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31924 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31925 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31926 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31927 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31928 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31929 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31930 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31932 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (21826 300 640488
31938 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
31940 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
31941 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
31945 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
31946 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
31950 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
31951 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
31952 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
31955 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31957 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
31958 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
31960 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31962 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
31963 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
31965 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31967 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
31968 Find references to the identifier at point.
31969 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
31971 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31973 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
31974 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
31975 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
31977 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
31978 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
31979 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
31980 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
31981 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
31982 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
31986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21779 56495 106033
31988 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31990 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31991 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31992 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31993 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31994 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31995 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31997 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31999 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32000 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32001 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32002 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32003 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32005 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32006 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32007 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32008 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32009 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32010 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32012 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
32017 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32019 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32020 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32022 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32024 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32025 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
32032 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32034 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32035 Zone out, completely.
32041 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32042 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32043 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32044 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32045 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32046 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32047 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32048 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32049 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32050 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32051 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32052 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32053 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32054 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32055 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32056 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32057 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32058 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32059 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32060 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32061 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32062 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
32063 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32064 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
32065 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
32066 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
32067 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
32068 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
32069 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
32070 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
32071 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
32072 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
32073 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
32074 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
32075 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
32076 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
32077 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32078 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32079 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32080 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32081 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32082 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32083 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32084 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32085 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32086 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32087 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32088 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32089 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32090 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32091 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32092 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32093 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32094 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32095 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32096 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32097 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32098 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32099 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32100 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32101 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32102 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
32103 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
32104 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32105 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32106 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32107 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32108 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32109 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32110 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32111 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dom.el" "dos-fns.el"
32112 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
32113 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
32114 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-generic.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32115 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
32116 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
32117 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
32118 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/generator.el"
32119 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el"
32120 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32121 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32122 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32123 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32124 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32125 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32126 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32127 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32128 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32129 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32130 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32131 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
32132 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
32133 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
32134 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
32135 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el"
32136 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32137 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
32138 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
32139 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
32140 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32141 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32142 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32143 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32144 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
32145 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
32146 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32147 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
32148 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
32149 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
32150 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32151 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
32152 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
32153 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32154 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32155 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
32156 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
32157 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32158 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
32159 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
32160 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
32161 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
32162 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
32163 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
32164 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
32165 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
32166 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
32167 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
32168 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
32169 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
32170 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
32171 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
32172 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
32173 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32174 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32175 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32176 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32177 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32178 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32179 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32180 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32181 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32182 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32183 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32184 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32185 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
32186 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el"
32187 ;;;;;; "net/nsm.el" "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
32188 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el"
32189 ;;;;;; "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el"
32190 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el"
32191 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el"
32192 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el"
32193 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el"
32194 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el"
32195 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el"
32196 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
32197 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el"
32198 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
32199 ;;;;;; "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el"
32200 ;;;;;; "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el"
32201 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32202 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32203 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32204 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32205 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32206 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32207 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32208 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32209 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32210 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32211 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32212 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32213 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32214 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32215 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32216 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32217 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32218 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32219 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32220 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32221 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
32222 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
32223 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
32224 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
32225 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32226 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32227 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32228 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32229 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32230 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32231 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32232 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32233 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32234 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32235 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32236 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
32237 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
32238 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32239 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el"
32240 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
32241 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
32242 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32243 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32244 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32245 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32246 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el"
32247 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32248 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (21827 21192 518044 532000))
32252 (provide 'loaddefs)
32253 ;; Local Variables:
32254 ;; version-control: never
32255 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32256 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32259 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here